<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 15, 1997
REGISTRATION NO. 333-37157
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 4813 74-2644120
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) NO.)
</TABLE>
1122 SOUTH CAPITAL OF TEXAS HIGHWAY
AUSTIN, TEXAS 78746
(512) 328-1112
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
JEFFREY C. SMITH
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
1122 SOUTH CAPITAL OF TEXAS HIGHWAY
AUSTIN, TEXAS 78746
(512) 328-1112
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
COPIES TO:
KAREN C. GOODIN, ESQ.
MICHAEL P. WHALEN, ESQ
RIORDAN & MCKINZIE
695 TOWN CENTER DRIVE, SUITE 1500
COSTA MESA, CA 92626
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
------------------------
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Dated December 15, 1997
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE SHARES OF ITS
12 1/2% SERIES B JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
12 1/2% JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 16,
1998, unless extended.
------------------------
IXC Communications, Inc. ("IXC" or the "Company") hereby offers, upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal" which, together
with this Prospectus, constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange one share of
its 12 1/2% Series B Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009 (the "New
Preferred Stock") which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a registration statement (the
"Registration Statement") of which this Prospectus is a part, for each
outstanding share of its 12 1/2% Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009
(the "Old Preferred Stock" and together with the New Preferred Stock, the
"Exchangeable Preferred Stock"), of which an aggregate of $308,959,000
liquidation preference is outstanding as of the date hereof. The terms of the
New Preferred Stock are substantially identical in all material respects
(aggregate liquidation preference, dividend rate, mandatory redemption and
ranking) to the terms of Old Preferred Stock, except that the New Preferred
Stock has been registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not be
subject to certain transfer restrictions applicable to the Old Preferred Stock.
See "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock."
The Company will accept for exchange any and all shares of Old Preferred
Stock validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on January 16, 1998, unless extended by the Company (such date and time, as it
may be extended, the "Expiration Date"). Tenders of shares of Old Preferred
Stock may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum
number of shares of Old Preferred Stock being tendered for exchange. However,
the Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions. The Company will
not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer."
The Exchange Offer is being made to satisfy certain obligations of the
Company under the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 14, 1997 (the
"Registration Rights Agreement") among the Company and the purchasers named
therein (the "Initial Purchasers"). Following the completion of the Exchange
Offer, holders of shares of Old Preferred Stock not tendered will not have any
further registration rights (except that the Company will be required to file a
shelf registration statement in certain limited instances) and such shares will
continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity
of the market for a holder's shares of Old Preferred Stock could be adversely
affected if the holder does not participate in the Exchange Offer. See "Risk
Factors -- Consequences of Failure to Exchange of Old Preferred Stock."
The Old Preferred Stock was originally issued and sold on August 20, 1997 in
a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon
the exemptions provided by Rule 144A and by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
Accordingly, the Old Preferred Stock may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise
pledged, hypothecated or transferred in the United States unless so registered
or unless an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws is available.
(continued on following page)
THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ARE FIRST BEING MAILED TO
HOLDERS OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK ON DECEMBER 16, 1997.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 14 FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
------------------------
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS DECEMBER 15, 1997.
<PAGE> 3
(Continuation of cover page)
Each share of Exchangeable Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of
$1,000 (the "Liquidation Preference"). Dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock accrue from August 20, 1997 at the rate of 12 1/2% per annum of the
liquidation preference thereof and are payable quarterly in arrears on February
15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year (each, a "Dividend Payment
Date"), commencing on November 15, 1997. Dividends are payable in cash, except
that on each Dividend Payment Date occurring on or prior to February 15, 2001,
dividends may be paid, at the Company's option, by the issuance of additional
shares of New Preferred Stock or Old Preferred Stock, as applicable (including
fractional shares), having an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the
amount of such dividends. The Company is required to redeem the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock at the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated and
unpaid dividends, if any, on August 15, 2009, out of any funds legally available
therefor. The Exchangeable Preferred Stock ranks: (i) senior to all existing and
future Junior Stock (as defined); (ii) on a parity with all existing and future
Parity Stock (as defined), including the Convertible Preferred Stock (as
defined); and (iii) junior to all existing and future Senior Stock (as defined),
including the Series 3 Preferred Stock (as defined). In addition, the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock will rank junior in right of payment to all
indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries. As of
November 1, 1997, there was approximately $.7 million of outstanding Senior
Stock of the Company. As of September 30, 1997 there was approximately $522.0
million (without giving effect to an unamortized debt discount of approximately
$7 million in connection with the Company's Senior Notes (as defined)) of
outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company and its
subsidiaries (including approximately $210.7 million of outstanding indebtedness
and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries).
See "Description of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock."
On any scheduled Dividend Payment Date, the Company may, at its option,
exchange all but not less than all of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock
then outstanding for the Company's 12 1/2% Subordinated Exchange Debentures Due
2009 (the "Exchange Debentures"). The Exchange Debentures will bear interest at
a rate of 12 1/2% per annum, payable semiannually on February 15 and August 15
of each year, commencing with the first such date to occur after the date of
exchange. The Exchange Debentures will be subordinated to all existing and
future Senior Indebtedness (as defined) of the Company and to all indebtedness
and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries.
As of September 30, 1997, there was approximately $522.0 million (without giving
effect to an unamortized debt discount of approximately $7 million in connection
with the Senior Notes) of outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities of the
Company and its subsidiaries (including approximately $210.7 million of
outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the
Company's subsidiaries), all of which would have been senior in right of payment
to the Exchange Debentures. See "Description of the Exchange
Debentures -- Ranking."
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") with respect to similar transactions set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to the Company, the New
Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old
Preferred Stock may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof who are not "affiliates" of the Company (within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the New
Preferred Stock is acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business,
such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in any distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New
Preferred Stock and neither the holders nor any other person is engaging in or
intends to engage in a distribution of the New Preferred Stock. Each
broker-dealer that receives New Preferred Stock for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Preferred Stock. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of New Preferred Stock received in exchange for Old Preferred Stock
where such Old Preferred Stock was acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
<PAGE> 4
(Continuation of cover page)
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this
Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock. The Old Preferred Stock has traded on the Private
Offerings, Resale and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") Market. If a
market for the New Preferred Stock should develop, the New Preferred Stock could
trade at prices higher or lower than their original offering price. The Company
does not currently intend to list the New Preferred Stock on any securities
exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation
system. There can be no assurance that an active public market for the New
Preferred Stock will develop. See "Risk Factors -- Lack of Public Market."
<PAGE> 5
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The following documents filed by the Company with the Commission are
incorporated herein by reference:
(1) The Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K (File No. 0-20803)
for its fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 filed with the Commission on
March 28, 1997 (the "Form 10-K");
(2) The Company's Current Reports on Form 8-K dated February 27, 1997,
March 6, 1997, March 26, 1997, April 1, 1997, July 3, 1997, July 23, 1997,
August 5, 1997, August 18, 1997, August 20, 1997, August 20, 1997,
September 17, 1997, September 29, 1997, October 3, 1997, November 3, 1997,
November 4, 1997, November 6, 1997 and November 7, 1997;
(3) The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 1997, filed with the Commission on May 16, 1997, the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997 filed
with the Commission on August 6, 1997, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on
Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on August 12, 1997 and Amendment No.
2 on Form 10-Q/A, filed with the Commission on December 10, 1997, and the
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
1997 filed with the Commission on November 14, 1997, as amended by
Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on December 12,
1997 (collectively, as amended, the "Form 10-Qs");
(4) The Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of
Stockholders on May 6, 1997; and
(5) All documents subsequently filed by the Company with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act prior to the termination of this offering shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. Any statement contained in a
document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein
shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this
Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein modifies or
supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a
part of this Prospectus.
THIS PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE WHICH ARE NOT PRESENTED
HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST FROM
KELLI MCGLYNN, INVESTOR RELATIONS COORDINATOR, IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC., 1122
SOUTH CAPITAL OF TEXAS HIGHWAY, AUSTIN, TEXAS 78746 (TELEPHONE 512-328-1112). IN
ORDER TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE BY
THE DATE WHICH IS FIVE BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (the "Registration Statement," which term shall include all amendments,
exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) pursuant to the Securities Act, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, covering the New Preferred Stock
being offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set
forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. Statements made in
this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document
referred to in the Registration Statement are necessarily summaries of those
documents, and, with respect to each such contract, agreement or other document
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the
exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved, and each
statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
therewith, files reports and other information with the Commission. Such
reports, proxy and other information can be inspected at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024,
Washington D.C. 20549. At the Commission's Regional offices at Citicorp Center,
500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and at Seven World
Trade Center, 13th floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can
be obtained at prescribed rates upon request from the Public Reference Section
of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington D.C. 20549. The
Commission also maintains a site on the World Wide Web (http://www.sec.gov) that
contains reports, proxy information statements and other information regarding
registrants, like the Company, that file electronically with the Commission. The
Company's common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"IIXC." Reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the Company
may be inspected and copied at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock Market at 1735 K
Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20006.
i
<PAGE> 6
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Certain of the statements contained in this Prospectus, including
information regarding the Company's network expansion and switched long distance
services and related strategy and financing, are forward-looking statements. For
a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from the matters described in the forward-looking statements and
other matters that should be carefully considered by prospective investors, see
"Risk Factors." Certain terms used herein are defined in the Glossary at page
A-1.
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information, including "Risk Factors" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and
the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and the Company's financial statements
(including the notes thereto) appearing in the Form 10-K and the Form 10-Qs
which are incorporated by reference herein. As used herein, except with respect
to the cover page and unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Company"
and "IXC" refer to IXC Communications, Inc. ("IXC Communications") and its
subsidiaries, including predecessor corporations. Certain industry data was
obtained from a report issued in March 1996 from the FCC and from a report dated
January 1996 from International Data Corporation (an industry research
organization), which the Company has not independently verified.
THE COMPANY
The Company is a leading provider of telecommunications transmission
services to long distance and other communications companies. The Company is one
of only five long distance carriers that currently own a coast-to-coast digital
telecommunications network (the others are AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom). The
Company is expanding its network (the "Network") of 10,300 digital route miles
to include over 2,200 additional digital route miles now under construction and,
subject to the availability of capital and the completion of cost-sharing
arrangements currently being negotiated, the Network is planned to include over
16,000 digital route miles by the end of 1998 and over 20,000 digital route
miles by the end of 1999. The Company provides two principal products:
transmission of voice and data over dedicated circuits ("private lines") and
transmission of long distance traffic processed through the Company's switches
("switched services"). During the first quarter of 1997, the Company began
providing Frame Relay and ATM-based switched data services in order to
capitalize on the growing demand for Internet and electronic data transfer
services. Additionally, the Company recently announced an agreement with PSINet
Inc. ("PSINet"), a major Internet service provider, to acquire PSINet's broad
spectrum of Internet services for resale to the Company's customers.
Since beginning the Network expansion and entering into the switched
services business in late 1995, the Company's revenues have grown rapidly. The
Company generated revenues of $91.0 million in 1995, $203.8 million in 1996 and
$358.5 million over the twelve months ended September 30, 1997. The Company's
customers include AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom, Cable & Wireless, Excel,
Frontier, LCI and over 200 other long distance companies, wireless companies,
cable television providers, Internet service providers, governmental agencies
and other large corporations. In an independent survey conducted by
Atlantic-ACM, the Company had the highest overall carrier rating of all major
long distance transmission service providers.
The growing demand for the Company's services and the nearly complete usage
of its Network capacity have required the Company to supplement its Network with
capacity leased from other carriers. As a result, in 1995 the Company began
expanding its Network to increase its geographic scope and capacity and reduce
its off-net lease expense. The Company is expanding its network with modern,
technologically advanced, non-zero dispersion shifted fiber and OC-48
electronics (upgradeable to OC-192 capacity). The new fiber and electronics are
less expensive to install and operate and have greater capacity and technical
capabilities than the fiber and electronics of older networks. Upon completion
of the routes currently being constructed, engineered, or planned through 1998,
over 10,000 route miles of the 16,000 digital route miles of the Network will
consist of advanced fiber and electronics. Through a combination of its owned
and leased facilities, the Company expects to be able to originate and terminate
long distance traffic in all 50 U.S. states, as well as terminate long distance
traffic in over 200 foreign countries.
1
<PAGE> 7
The Company expects that usage of long distance transmission capacity will
continue to increase over the next several years due to: (i) continued growth in
the long distance market; (ii) entry into the market of new communications
providers as permitted by changes in telecommunications laws; (iii) requirements
of the first-tier carriers to expand and obtain redundancy for their networks;
(iv) growth resulting from lower retail rates caused by reductions in domestic
access charges and international settlement rates; (v) growth in the capacity
requirements of the Internet; (vi) growth in data transmission; and (vii) growth
associated with the use of new technologies and new applications of existing
technologies. The Company believes that its established reputation as a
high-quality provider of telecommunications services and its expanded Network
position it to take advantage of the increasing demand for transmission
capacity.
THE NETWORK
Prior to beginning the Network expansion in late 1995, the Company owned a
digital coast-to-coast network containing over 1,900 route miles of fiber optic
cable and over 5,000 route miles of digital microwave. Since then, the Company
has made substantial progress in expanding its Network, which now includes: (i)
over 3,300 route miles of advanced fiber optic cable and electronics in
operation, (ii) over 3,100 additional route miles of advanced fiber optic cable
being engineered or constructed, (iii) over 39,000 DS-3 miles of fiber optic
capacity obtained in capacity swaps with other carriers; (iv) over 160,000 DS-3
miles of fiber capacity leased from other carriers; (v) 6 digital long distance
switches; and (vi) 14 Frame Relay-ATM data switches. The Company anticipates
that, subject to the availability of capital and the completion of cost-sharing
arrangements, by the end of 1998 the Network would include over 16,000 route
miles of digital transmission capacity with 8 long distance switches and 30
Frame Relay-ATM switches and, by the end of 1999, the Network would increase to
over 20,000 route miles of digital transmission capacity.
In early 1997, the Company completed construction of, and placed into
service, the portion of its Network linking Cleveland, Chicago, St. Louis,
Dallas and Phoenix. The Company expects completion of the routes from Cleveland
to New York, Phoenix to Los Angeles, and Washington, D.C. to Atlanta by the end
of 1997. Additional routes from Atlanta to Houston are currently being
engineered or constructed and routes from New York to Washington, D.C., Houston
to Dallas, Los Angeles to San Francisco, and a route linking Toledo, Detroit and
Chicago are planned for construction, with all such routes scheduled to be
completed by mid-1998.
The new fiber optic route miles are being constructed with capability for
bi-directional SONET rings for enhanced network reliability. As each new route
is completed and placed into service, it will be equipped with an OC-48 in order
to provide initial transmission capacity. The Company is currently in the
process of equipping certain of its routes with additional OC-48s in order to
meet customer demand for its services.
The expanded Network is expected to deliver the following significant
strategic and financial benefits to the Company:
(i) substantial savings by allowing the Company to move on to its own
Network a significant portion of its traffic that it currently carries on
circuits which it leases from other carriers (resulting in estimated
savings of $30 million in 1997);
(ii) high-capacity new routes and substantially increased capacity on
certain existing routes, allowing the Company to increase revenues by
leasing additional circuits to its customers, including high-capacity
circuits such as OC-48s, OC-12s and OC-3s;
(iii) lower underlying transmission and network operating costs;
(iv) sufficient capacity to support increasing demand expected from
Internet and multimedia applications, Frame Relay and ATM; and
(v) reduced capital costs through sales and exchanges of excess fiber
which the Company is including in its Network expansion specifically for
that purpose.
2
<PAGE> 8
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's objective is to develop a nationwide network at a low net
construction cost in order to establish a basis for long-term growth in market
share and profitability. The Company's primary near-term goals are to: (i)
complete the route from New York to Los Angeles and the route from Washington,
D.C. to Atlanta; (ii) better balance traffic distributions to improve EBITDA in
its switched services business; (iii) enter into additional cost-saving
arrangements with other carriers to reduce the cost of the existing Network
construction and develop additional Network expansion opportunities; (iv)
utilize the expanded Network to increase revenues by generating new customers
and increasing business from existing customers; (v) improve profitability by
migrating traffic from circuits leased from other carriers onto the Network; and
(vi) leverage the relationship with PSINet to generate new Internet services
customers and large account customers who require bundled voice, data and
Internet transmission services.
In order to achieve these goals the Company intends to pursue the following
strategy:
Enter Into Cost-Saving Arrangements. The Company has included excess fiber
in its Network expansion which it is using to reduce the net cost of
construction through: (i) leasing or selling excess fiber to other carriers; and
(ii) exchanging excess fiber for fibers or capacity on other carriers' networks.
Additionally, the Company seeks to obtain the right to install Company-owned
fibers in new routes being constructed by other carriers along the proposed
Network expansion routes in exchange for the Company (a) sharing network
construction costs; (b) allowing the other carrier to use excess fiber along
certain routes in the Network; or (c) allowing the other carrier to add its own
fiber to certain segments of the Network.
The Company has already entered into several cost-saving agreements with
other carriers that are expected to reduce the per-route-mile cost of
construction, including:
(i) a contract with WorldCom pursuant to which each company has
constructed a fiber route approximately 1,100 miles long and placed fibers
for both companies along the route;
(ii) contracts with LCI pursuant to which LCI would purchase an
indefeasible right to use fibers from Chicago to Los Angeles for
approximately $97.9 million (the "Chicago-LA LCI Fiber Sale") and from
Cleveland to New York for approximately $20.0 million (the "Cleveland-NY
LCI Fiber Sale");
(iii) a contract with MCI pursuant to which MCI would purchase an
indefeasible right to use fibers from New York to Los Angeles for
approximately $121.0 million (the "MCI Fiber Sale");
(iv) a contract with Vyvx to exchange the use of certain fibers on the
Company's New York to Los Angeles route for the use of fibers on a
1,600-mile route under construction by Vyvx from Washington D.C. to
Houston;
(v) joint construction agreements with LCI, DTI and CCTS allowing the
Company to share the costs of constructing certain routes in Illinois, Ohio
and Missouri;
(vi) a contract with MFS pursuant to which MFS will include fibers for
the Company in a route it is constructing from Cleveland to New York; and
(vii) contracts with GST and WorldCom providing for the sale of fiber
along certain routes.
Reduce Operating Costs. The Company expects to achieve substantial
operating cost savings from the Network expansion by replacing a portion of the
capacity it leases from other carriers with its own Network capacity. The
Company incurred costs of approximately $60.1 million for leased off-net fiber
optic capacity from other carriers in 1996. The Company believes the Network
expansion will result in reduced expenditures for capacity currently leased
off-net (as well as future capacity required to support revenue growth) and
increased operating cash flow, because the new fiber routes (i) are targeted for
geographic areas that the Network currently does not reach or is capacity
limited or where the Company leases off-net capacity and (ii) will allow the
Company to enter into additional exchanges of fiber capacity on new routes with
other carriers.
3
<PAGE> 9
Increase Private Line Revenues. Geographic limitations and nearly full
utilization of the Network had previously limited the Company's ability to
expand its private line business. The Network expansion has added high-capacity
new routes and substantially increased the capacity of certain existing routes,
allowing the Company to lease additional circuits to its customers, including
high-capacity, high-margin circuits such as OC-48s, OC-12s and OC-3s. The
Company has already generated significant orders for capacity on the new routes,
including a contract with a major carrier under which the Company will provide
DS-3 circuits, each with a one-year term, principally along the planned route
from New York to Los Angeles with aggregate revenues in excess of $24.0 million
during 1997-1998. The Company continues to seek significant new orders over the
Network expansion routes and believes that it is well positioned to obtain such
orders.
Additionally, the Company specifically designed the Network expansion along
routes geographically diverse from those of other facilities-based carriers. In
recent years, companies such as AT&T and MCI have used the Company to provide
alternative routes to help protect their networks in the event of a service
outage. Such companies prefer routes separated geographically from their own
networks to increase the possibility that the alternative route will be
functional in the event of a natural disaster. The Company believes that the
Network expansion greatly increases the attractiveness of the Company's Network
as an alternative routing network backup to the major carriers.
Develop the Switched Services Business. The Company has established itself
as an alternative provider of switched long distance services with nation-wide
origination and domestic and international termination capability. The Company
currently has over 80 customers and believes that it is well positioned to
attract long distance resellers for its switched services because, unlike its
present major competitors (AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom) whose primary focus
is providing retail long distance services to end users, the Company (i) is not
currently a significant competitor to its customers for sales to end users; and
(ii) provides more focused service to its reseller customers, since serving such
customers is its primary business. The Company believes that this, combined with
the low embedded cost of its Network, provides a significant advantage when
competing to provide switched long distance traffic to resellers, cable
companies, RBOCs, utility companies and others which are permitted to enter the
long distance business under recent changes in telecommunications law. By the
end of 1998, the Company intends to add two additional long distance switches
which, if installed, will provide additional capacity to originate and terminate
traffic and the technical platform to offer enhanced, higher margin, long
distance products such as 800 PIN and pre-paid debit cards. Although the Company
has never achieved positive EBITDA in its switched services business, the
Company seeks to improve EBITDA in this business by: examining (and improving
procedures to examine) the traffic patterns of its customers; identifying
customers generating an unprofitable mix of traffic, and where appropriate and
as contractually allowed, adjusting contract terms; and prescreening new
contract proposals to evaluate the financial impact of expected traffic
distributions.
Establish a Platform for Capacity-Intensive Data Applications. The Company
is using advanced fiber optic technology in its Network expansion. The expanded
Network's SONET technology and broadband capabilities provide a platform to
support advanced, capacity-intensive products such as Frame Relay, ATM,
multimedia, and Internet-related applications. The Company has equipped its
network with 14 data switches (30 expected by the end of 1998) and other
equipment necessary to enter into the Frame Relay and ATM transmission business.
PSINET TRANSACTION
In July 1997, the Company announced agreements with PSINet. Under the terms
of the PSINet agreements, after consummation of the transaction, the Company
will provide PSINet with an indefeasible right to use 10,000 miles of OC-48
transmission capacity on its Network over a 20-year period in exchange for 20%
(post-issuance) of PSINet common stock. In addition, if the value of the PSINet
common stock received by the Company is less than $240 million at the earlier of
one year after the final delivery of the transmission capacity (scheduled for
late-1999) or four years after closing, PSINet, at its option, will pay the
Company cash and/or deliver additional PSINet common stock to bring the value of
the Company's investment to $240 million. Upon delivery of the transmission
capacity to PSINet, the Company will also receive a maintenance fee which, when
all the capacity has been delivered, will be approximately $11.5 million
4
<PAGE> 10
per year. The Company expects to consummate the transactions contemplated by the
PSINet agreements upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including receipt
of approval of PSINet stockholders. There can be no assurance that such
conditions will be satisfied or that the PSINet transaction will be consummated.
TENDER OFFER FOR SERIES 3 PREFERRED STOCK
On October 31, 1997, the Company consummated its offer (the "Series 3
Tender Offer") to exchange shares of the Company's common stock (the "Common
Stock") for all its issued and outstanding shares of the Series 3 Preferred
Stock. Each holder that tendered its shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock received
approximately 49.85 shares of Common Stock for each share of Series 3 Preferred
Stock tendered. The number of shares of Common Stock issued for each share of
Series 3 Preferred Stock tendered was calculated by dividing the aggregate per
share liquidation preference, including accrued and unpaid dividends, on one
share of Series 3 Preferred Stock as of October 31, 1997 (the expiration date of
the Series 3 Tender Offer) by $33.00 (the last reported sale price of the
Company's Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market on October 31, 1997). The
aggregate liquidation preference, including accrued and unpaid dividends, on the
Series 3 Preferred Stock at October 31, 1997, was approximately $20.6 million
(or $1,645 per share). The Common Stock issued in connection with the Series 3
Tender Offer was not registered under the Securities Act. Over 95% of the shares
of Series 3 Preferred Stock were tendered prior to the expiration of the Series
3 Tender Offer.
NEW PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
On October 9, 1997 Benjamin L. Scott, the former President and Chief
Executive Officer of PrimeCo Personal Communications L.P. ("PrimeCo"), a joint
venture among Bell Atlantic Corporation ("Bell Atlantic"), U S WEST Media Group
("US West") and Airtouch Communications, Inc. ("Airtouch") became the President,
Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
See "Management."
The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 27, 1992. The
Company's principal executive offices are located at 1122 South Capital of Texas
Highway, Austin, Texas 78746 and its telephone number is (512) 328-1112.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Exchange Offer......... The Company is offering to exchange one share of
New Preferred Stock for each outstanding share of
Old Preferred Stock, that was issued and sold on
August 20, 1997 in a transaction exempt from
registration under the Securities Act (the
"Exchangeable Preferred Sale"). The terms of the
New Preferred Stock are substantially identical in
all material respects (aggregate liquidation
preference, dividend rate, mandatory redemption and
ranking) to the terms of the Old Preferred Stock,
except that the New Preferred Stock has been
registered under the Securities Act and therefore
will not be subject to certain transfer
restrictions applicable to the Old Preferred Stock.
See "The Exchange Offer" for a description of the
procedures for tendering Old Preferred Stock. The
Exchange Offer satisfies the registration
obligations of the Company under the Registration
Rights Agreement. Holders that do not tender all of
their Old Preferred Stock will no longer have any
registration rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement (except that the Company will be required
to file a shelf registration statement in certain
limited instances). See "-- Exchange Offer
Procedures."
Tenders; Expiration Date;
Withdrawal;
Termination.............. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on January 16, 1998, or such later
date and time, if any, as extended by the
5
<PAGE> 11
Company, in its sole discretion. Tenders of Old
Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer may
be withdrawn and re-tendered at any time prior to
the Expiration Date. Any Old Preferred Stock not
accepted for exchange for any reason will be
returned without expense to the tendering holder
thereof as promptly as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
The Company may terminate the Exchange Offer if any
of the events set forth under "The Exchange
Offer -- Conditions to the Exchange Offer" shall
have occurred and shall not have been waived by the
Company.
Dividends on the New
Preferred Stock and the Old
Preferred Stock.......... Dividends on each share of New Preferred Stock will
accrue from the last Dividend Payment Date (as
defined) on the Old Preferred Stock. No additional
dividends will be paid on the Old Preferred Stock
tendered and accepted for exchange.
Conditions to the Exchange
Offer.................... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
conditions, certain of which may be waived by the
Company. It is not, however, conditioned on any
minimum number of shares of Old Preferred Stock
being tendered for exchange. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Conditions to Exchange Offer."
Exchange Offer
Procedures................. Old Preferred Stock may be tendered by properly
completing and signing the Letter of Transmittal
and delivering the Letter of Transmittal to the
Exchange Agent (as defined) at its address set
forth in this Prospectus on or prior to the
Expiration Date, together with: (i) the certificate
or certificates representing the Old Preferred
Stock being tendered and any required signature
guarantees; (ii) a timely confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of the Old Preferred Stock, if
such procedure is available, into the Exchange
Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company
(the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility" or
"Depository") pursuant to the procedure for
book-entry transfer described in this Prospectus;
or (iii) the completion of the procedures for
guaranteed delivery set forth in this Prospectus.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Exchange Offer
Procedures." Pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Company is required to file a shelf
registration statement for a continuous offering
pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act in
respect of the Old Preferred Stock if: (i) because
of any change in law or in currently prevailing
interpretations of the staff of the Commission, the
Company is not permitted to effect the Exchange
Offer; (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated
within 150 days after the date of the Registration
Rights Agreement; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so
requests with respect to the Old Preferred Stock
not eligible to be exchanged for New Preferred
Stock in the Exchange Offer and held by it
following consummation of the Exchange Offer; or
(iv) any holder of Old Preferred Stock (other than
a broker-dealer electing to exchange Old Preferred
Stock, acquired for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading
activities for New Preferred Stock (an "Exchanging
Dealer")) is not eligible to participate in the
Exchange Offer or, in the case of any holder of Old
Preferred Stock (other than an Exchanging Dealer)
that participates in the Exchange Offer, such
holder does not receive freely
6
<PAGE> 12
tradeable New Preferred Stock on the date of the
exchange. See "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose of the
Exchange Offer."
Acceptance of Old Preferred
Stock and Delivery of New
Preferred Stock.......... The Company will accept for exchange any and all
shares of Old Preferred Stock which are validly
tendered (and not withdrawn) in the Exchange Offer
prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. The New Preferred Stock issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered
after acceptance of the tendered Old Preferred
Stock and promptly following the Expiration Date.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Acceptance of Old
Preferred Stock for Exchange; Delivery of New
Preferred Stock."
Exchange Agent............. The Bank of New York is serving as Exchange Agent
(the "Exchange Agent") in connection with the
Exchange Offer.
Federal Income Tax
Consequences............. The Exchange Offer will not result in any income,
gain or loss to the holders of Exchangeable
Preferred Stock or the Company for federal income
tax purposes. See "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences."
Use of Proceeds............ There will be no proceeds to the Company from the
exchange of the Old Preferred Stock for the New
Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OR FAILING TO EXCHANGE
OLD PREFERRED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission with respect to
similar transactions set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties
unrelated to the Company, the New Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Preferred Stock may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof who are not
"affiliates" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the New Preferred Stock is
acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business, such holders have no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution
(within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Preferred Stock and
neither the holders nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in
a distribution of the New Preferred Stock. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Preferred Stock for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
the New Preferred Stock. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Preferred Stock
received in exchange for Old Preferred Stock where such Old Preferred Stock was
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after
the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer
for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
To comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, it may be
necessary to qualify for sale or register the New Preferred Stock prior to
offering or selling such New Preferred Stock. The Company is required, under the
Registration Rights Agreement, to register the New Preferred Stock in any
jurisdiction reasonably requested by the holders, subject to certain
limitations. Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Preferred
Stock that were not prohibited from participating in the Exchange Offer and did
not tender their Old Preferred Stock will not have any registration rights under
the Registration Rights
7
<PAGE> 13
Agreement (except that the Company will be required to file a shelf registration
statement in certain limited instances) covering such Old Preferred Stock not
tendered and such Old Preferred Stock will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer contained in the legend thereon. In general, the Old
Preferred Stock may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, except pursuant to an
exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. See "The Exchange Offer -- Consequences of
Failure to Exchange."
SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK AND THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
The terms of the New Preferred Stock and the Old Preferred Stock are
substantially identical in all material respects (aggregate liquidation
preference, dividend rate, mandatory redemption and ranking), except for certain
transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Old Preferred
Stock.
NEW PREFERRED STOCK
Securities Offered......... 308,959 shares of 12 1/2% Series B Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009, plus any
additional shares issued from time to time in lieu
of cash dividends.
Dividends.................. Dividends on the New Preferred Stock will accrue at
a rate of 12 1/2% per annum of the Liquidation
Preference thereof and will be payable quarterly in
arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and
November 15 of each year (each a "Dividend Payment
Date") commencing November 15, 1997. Dividends on
each share of New Preferred Stock will accrue from
the last Dividend Payment Date on the Old Preferred
Stock. Dividends will be payable in cash, except
that on each Dividend Payment Date occurring on or
prior to February 15, 2001, dividends may be paid,
at the Company's option, by the issuance of
additional shares of New Preferred Stock (including
fractional shares) having an aggregate Liquidation
Preference equal to the amount of such dividends.
It is not anticipated that the Company will pay any
dividends in cash for any period ending on or prior
to February 15, 2001.
Liquidation Preference..... $1,000 per share.
Ranking.................... The New Preferred Stock will rank (i) senior to all
existing and future Junior Stock (as defined
herein); (ii) on a parity with all existing and
future Parity Stock (as defined herein), including
the Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iii) junior
to all existing and future Senior Stock, including
the Series 3 Preferred Stock. In addition, the New
Preferred Stock will rank junior in right of
payment to all indebtedness and other obligations
of the Company and its subsidiaries. As of November
1, 1997, there was approximately $.7 million of
outstanding Senior Stock of the Company. As of
September 30, 1997 there was approximately $522.0
million (without giving effect to an unamortized
debt discount of approximately $7 million in
connection with the Senior Notes) of outstanding
indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company
(including approximately $210.7 million of
outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities
(including trade payables) of the Company's
subsidiaries). See "Description of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock -- Ranking."
Optional Redemption........ The New Preferred Stock will not be redeemable
prior to August 15, 2002, except that, on or prior
to August 15, 2000, the Company may redeem, at its
option, up to 35% of the outstanding Exchangeable
Preferred Stock at the redemption price set forth
herein with the net
8
<PAGE> 14
proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as
defined) if at least $195 million aggregate
Liquidation Preference of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock remains outstanding after each such
redemption. On or after August 15, 2002, the New
Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption
prices set forth herein plus accumulated and unpaid
dividends, if any, to the date of redemption See
"Description of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock --
Optional Redemption."
Mandatory Redemption....... The Company is required to redeem the New Preferred
Stock at its Liquidation Preference, plus
accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, on August
15, 2009, out of any funds legally available
therefor.
Change of Control.......... In the event of a Change of Control (as defined),
if the Company elects, the Company shall offer to
purchase shares of New Preferred Stock, in whole or
in part, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
aggregate Liquidation Preference thereof, plus
accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, to the
date of purchase.
In the event the Company does not elect to make the
offer referred to above, then holders of a majority
of the New Preferred Stock (and, in certain
circumstances, the Company) will designate an
Independent Financial Advisor (as defined) to
determine the appropriate dividend rate that the
New Preferred Stock should bear so that, after such
reset, the New Preferred Stock would have a market
value of 101% of the Liquidation Preference. After
determination of the reset rate, the New Preferred
Stock shall accrue and accumulate dividends at the
reset rate as of the date of occurrence of the
Change of Control; provided, however, that the
reset rate shall in no event be less than 12 1/2%
per annum (the initial dividend rate on the New
Preferred Stock) or greater than 15% per annum. See
"Description of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock --
Change of Control."
Voting Rights.............. Holders of the New Preferred Stock will have
limited voting rights, including (i) those required
by law and (ii) that holders of the outstanding
shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, voting
together as a class with the holders of any other
series of preferred stock upon which like rights
have been conferred and are exercisable, (a) upon
the failure of the Company (1) to pay dividends for
six or more Dividend Periods (as defined) whether
or not consecutive, (2) to satisfy any mandatory
redemption obligation with respect to the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, (3) to comply with
the covenants set forth in the Certificate of
Designation of the Powers, Preferences and
Relative, Participating, Optional and other Special
Rights of 12 1/2% Junior Exchangeable Preferred
Stock Due 2009 and 12 1/2% Series B Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009 and
Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions
Thereof filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Delaware on August 19, 1997 (the
"Certificate of Designation") or (4) to comply with
certain covenants or make certain payments on
certain Indebtedness (as defined), will be entitled
to elect two members to the Board of Directors of
the Company; and (b) have the right to approve each
issuance by the Company of any Senior Stock, except
that without the consent of the holders of
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Company may
create additional classes of stock, increase the
authorized number of shares of preferred stock or
issue series of a stock that ranks junior to or on
parity with the
9
<PAGE> 15
Exchangeable Preferred Stock. See "Description of
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock -- Voting Rights."
Covenants.................. The Certificate of Designation limits: (i) the
incurrence of additional debt by the Company and
certain of its subsidiaries, (ii) the payment of
dividends on Junior Stock of the Company and the
purchase, redemption or retirement of Junior Stock,
(iii) investments, (iv) certain transactions with
affiliates and (v) certain consolidations, mergers
and transfers of assets. The Certificate of
Designation also prohibits certain restrictions on
distributions from certain subsidiaries. All of
these limitations and prohibitions, however, are
subject to a number of important qualifications.
See "Description of the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock -- Certain Covenants."
Senior Debt Restrictions... The Company's debt instruments contain provisions
which restrict, and if a default under any thereof
exists prohibit, redemption or repurchase of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, including upon a
Change of Control or through the issue of Exchange
Debentures, and the payment of cash dividends on
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. See "Risk
Factors," "Description of Capital Stock" and
"Description of Certain Indebtedness."
Exchange Feature........... On any scheduled Dividend Payment Date, the Company
may, at its option, exchange all but not less than
all of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock
then outstanding for Exchange Debentures in a
principal amount equal to the Liquidation
Preference of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred
Stock held by such holder at the time of such
exchange.
THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
Securities Offered......... 12 1/2% Subordinated Exchange Debentures Due 2009
issuable in exchange for the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
Liquidation Preference of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, plus accumulated and unpaid
dividends to the date of exchange.
Maturity................... August 15, 2009.
Interest................... The Exchange Debentures will bear interest at the
rate of 12 1/2% per annum, payable semiannually on
February 15 and August 15, commencing with the
first of such dates to occur after the date of
exchange (the "Exchange Date"). On or prior to
February 15, 2001, interest may, at the option of
the Company, be paid by issuing additional Exchange
Debentures with a principal amount equal to such
interest. After February 15, 2001, interest on the
Exchange Debentures may be paid only in cash.
Ranking.................... The Exchange Debentures will be general unsecured
obligations of the Company, subordinated in right
of payment to all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness (including the Senior Notes) of the
Company and to all indebtedness and other
liabilities (including trade payables) of the
Company's subsidiaries. As of September 30, 1997,
there was approximately $522.0 million (without
giving effect to an unamortized debt discount of
approximately $7 million in connection with the
Senior Notes) of outstanding indebtedness and other
liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries
(including approximately $210.7 million of
outstand-
10
<PAGE> 16
ing indebtedness and other liabilities (including
trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries), all
of which would have been senior in right of payment
to the Exchange Debentures. See "Description of the
Exchange Debentures -- Ranking."
Optional Redemption........ The Exchange Debentures will not be redeemable
prior to August 15, 2002, except that, until August
15, 2000, the Company may redeem, at its option, up
to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Exchange Debentures at the redemption
price set forth herein with the net proceeds of one
or more Public Equity Offerings if at least $195
million of the principal amount of the Exchange
Debentures remains outstanding after each such
redemption. On or after August 15, 2002, the
Exchange Debentures are redeemable at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption
prices set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of redemption. See
"Description of the Exchange Debentures -- Optional
Redemption."
Change of Control.......... In the event of a Change of Control, holders of the
Exchange Debentures will have the right to require
the Company to purchase their Exchange Debentures,
in whole or in part, at a price equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase. See "Description of the Exchange
Debentures -- Change of Control."
Restrictive Covenants...... The indenture under which the Exchange Debentures
will be issued (the "Exchange Indenture") will
limit (i) the incurrence of additional debt by the
Company and certain of its subsidiaries, (ii) the
payment of dividends on capital stock of the
Company and the purchase, redemption or retirement
of capital stock or indebtedness which ranks junior
to the Exchange Debentures, (iii) investments, (iv)
certain transactions with affiliates, (v) sales of
assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries and
(vi) certain consolidations, mergers and transfers
of assets. The Exchange Indenture will also
prohibit certain restrictions on distributions from
certain subsidiaries. All of these limitations and
prohibitions, however, are subject to a number of
important qualifications. See "Description of the
Exchange Debentures -- Certain Covenants."
Senior Debt Restrictions... The Company's debt instruments contain provisions
which restrict, and if a default under any thereof
exists prohibit, redemption or repurchase of the
Exchange Debentures.
RISK FACTORS
In determining whether to exchange New Preferred Stock for Old Preferred
Stock, the holders of Old Preferred Stock should consider carefully the
information set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" and all other information
contained in this Prospectus before making any decision to acquire New Preferred
Stock.
11
<PAGE> 17
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONS DATA
The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial data of the
Company. The historical financial data as of and for the years ended December
31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 has been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company. The historical financial data for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996 and 1997 is derived from unaudited interim financial
statements. The unaudited interim financial statements include all adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring accruals, which management considers necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations
for these interim periods. Results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full year.
The summary consolidated financial and operations data set forth below is
qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with the
information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and the Company's financial
statements, (including the notes thereto) appearing in the Form 10-K and the
Form 10-Qs which are incorporated by referenced herein and other information
included in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
---------------------------- -------------------
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
------- ------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net operating revenues.................... $80,663 $91,001 $203,761 $130,273 $285,015
Operating income (loss)................... 14,085 1,429 (14,016) (13,964) (40,508)
Interest expense.......................... 6,105 14,597 37,076 28,658 23,720
Income (loss) before extraordinary gain
(loss)(1).............................. 5,017 (3,218) (37,448) (29,390) (75,476)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(2)................................. 26,206 18,867 13,225 5,970 523
Capital expenditures...................... 7,087 23,670 136,391 73,259 202,477
Ratio (deficiency) of earnings to combined
fixed charges and preferred stock
dividends(3)........................... 1.4x (12,348) (47,355) (42,962) (88,902)
OTHER OPERATIONS DATA:
Minutes of use (in millions).............. -- 12.8 1,105.2 608.0 2,064.1
Digital route miles in service (end of
period)................................ 6,700 6,758 7,325 7,082 10,281
Fiber miles (end of period)(4)............ 20,747 22,159 33,445 27,991 85,671
Number of long distance switches.......... -- 5 5 5 6
Number of data switches................... -- -- 10 10 14
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30,
1997
-------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents............... $ 283,963
Total assets............................ 889,873
Total debt and capital lease
obligations.......................... 303,719
Redeemable preferred stock.............. 391,930
Stockholders' equity.................... (17,109)
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The Company recognized an extraordinary gain (involving a related party) of
$2.3 million in 1994 and an extraordinary loss of $1.7 million in 1995, in
each case relating to the early extinguishment of debt.
(2) EBITDA is operating income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization. EBITDA
for 1995 and subsequent periods includes the negative EBITDA of the
Company's switched long distance services business. The Company has included
information concerning EBITDA because it believes that EBITDA is used by
certain investors as one measure of an issuer's historical ability to
service its debt. EBITDA is
12
<PAGE> 18
not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP, should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance
prepared in accordance with GAAP and is not necessarily comparable with
similarly titled measures for other companies.
(3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges
and preferred stock dividends, earnings represent income before the
provision (benefit) for income taxes, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges
consist of interest expense, amortization of financing costs and the portion
of rental expense on operating leases which the Company estimates to be
representative of the interest factor attributable to the leases. Preferred
stock dividends consist of dividends on the Company's 10% Junior Series 3
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Series 3 Preferred Stock") and
dividends on the Company's 7 1/4% Junior Convertible Preferred Stock Due
2007 ("Convertible Preferred Stock"). Where earnings are inadequate to cover
combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, the deficiency is
shown. As adjusted for the sale of the Convertible Preferred Stock and the
Exchangeable Preferred Sale as if they had occurred on or before January 1,
1997, and assuming dividends are paid in cash at 7 1/4% on the Convertible
Preferred Stock and at 12 1/2% on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the
Company's earnings would have been insufficient to cover combined fixed
charges and preferred stock dividends by $115.2 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997. Additional dividends will accrue on the
Convertible Preferred Stock if the Company fails to comply with certain of
its obligations under the registration rights agreement relating thereto, or
if, after March 31, 1999, the Company is not contractually permitted to pay
cash dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock. Additional dividends will
also accrue on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock if the Company fails to
comply with certain of its obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement.
(4) Fiber miles represent the number of route miles of a fiber optic route
multiplied by the number of fiber strands in the route.
13
<PAGE> 19
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, before
tendering their shares of Old Preferred Stock for shares of New Preferred Stock
offered hereby, holders of Old Preferred Stock should consider the following
factors carefully in evaluating the Company and its business, which (other than
"Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Preferred Stock") are generally
applicable to the Old Preferred Stock as well as to the New Preferred Stock.
Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the Company's expectations
with respect to its network expansion, related financings and fiber sale and
cost-saving agreements, future operations and other information, which can be
identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as "may," "will,"
"expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "seek" or "continue" or the negative thereof
or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, are forward-looking
statements. The discussions set forth below constitute cautionary statements
identifying important factors with respect to such forward-looking statements,
including risks and uncertainties, that could cause actual results to differ
materially from results referred to in the forward-looking statements. There can
be no assurance that the Company's expectations regarding any of these matters
will be fulfilled.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE OLD PREFERRED STOCK
Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Preferred Stock
(other than those that were prohibited from participating in the Exchange Offer)
that did not tender their Old Preferred Stock will not have any registration
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement covering such Old Preferred Stock
not tendered and such Old Preferred Stock will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer contained in the legend thereon (except that the
Company will be required to file a shelf registration statement in certain
limited instances). See "The Exchange -- Purpose of the Exchange Offer." In
general, the Old Preferred Stock may not be offered or sold, unless registered
under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, except pursuant
to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. The Company does not intend to register the
Old Preferred Stock under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations by the
staff of the Commission with respect to similar transactions set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to the Company, the New
Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old
Preferred Stock may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof who are not "affiliates" of the Company (within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the New
Preferred Stock is acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business,
such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in any distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New
Preferred Stock and neither the holders nor any other person is engaging in or
intends to engage in a distribution of the New Preferred Stock. Each
broker-dealer that receives New Preferred Stock for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of the New Preferred Stock. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New
Preferred Stock received in exchange for Old Preferred Stock where such Old
Preferred Stock was acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a
period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See
"Plan of Distribution." The New Preferred Stock may not be offered or sold
unless it has been registered or qualified for sale under applicable state
securities laws or an exemption from registration or qualification is available
and is complied with. The Registration Rights Agreement requires the Company to
register or qualify the New Preferred Stock for resale in any state (if
required) as may be requested by their holders, subject to certain limitations.
LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET
Prior to this Exchange Offer, although the Old Preferred Stock has traded
on the Portal Market, there has been no public market for the Old Preferred
Stock. The New Preferred Stock will not be eligible to trade
14
<PAGE> 20
on the PORTAL Market. If a market for the New Preferred Stock should develop,
the New Preferred Stock could trade at prices higher or lower than their initial
offering price. The Company does not currently intend to list the New Preferred
Stock on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any
automated quotation system. There can be no assurance that an active public
market for the New Preferred Stock will develop.
NEGATIVE CASH FLOW AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Company's capital expenditures were $202.5 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997 and the Company's EBITDA minus interest expense and
capital expenditures (adjusted for the change in working capital) for such
period was negative $36.9 million. The Company estimates that the total capital
expenditures for 1997 will be approximately $300.0 million and the Company
expects to continue to make substantial capital expenditures thereafter. The
Company anticipates meeting the cash requirements relating to such capital
expenditures from cash on hand, the net proceeds of approximately $288 million
from the Exchangeable Preferred Sale, the anticipated proceeds of the Chicago-LA
LCI Fiber Sale and the MCI Fiber Sale, the Proposed Credit Facility (defined
below), additional cost-saving arrangements, cash flow from its operations, the
NTFC Equipment Facility (as defined) and other vendor financing, if available.
The amount of actual capital expenditures may vary materially as a result of
cost-saving arrangements, increases or decreases in the amount of traffic on the
Network, unexpected costs, delays or advances in the timing of certain capital
expenditures and other factors. The Company's ability to meet the cash costs of
such capital expenditures is dependent upon the Company's ability to complete
the construction of the Network expansion in a timely manner and otherwise
perform its obligations to the satisfaction of each of LCI and MCI so that it
can complete the Chicago-LA LCI Fiber Sale and the MCI Fiber Sale, to enter into
cost-saving arrangements with carriers or other large users of fiber capacity,
to otherwise raise significant capital and/or to significantly increase its cash
flow. The failure of the Company to accomplish any of the foregoing may
significantly delay or prevent such capital expenditures, which would have a
material adverse effect on the Company and the value of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock.
The Company's switched services business will require cash to meet
operating expenses. In order to offer switched long distance services, the
Company installed switches, connected them to its Network and to the LECs (as
defined), acquired software and hired the personnel needed to establish a
national switched network. The Company's switched services business generated
negative EBITDA for each of the four quarters of 1996. EBITDA from switched
services remained negative in the first three quarters of 1997 and the Company
believes it is likely to remain negative for the balance of the year, due to,
among other things, higher-than-anticipated access costs and uneven traffic
patterns creating high network overflow costs. Although the Company is
attempting to control such costs and improve EBITDA from switched services,
there is no assurance it will be successful in doing so. The Company expects
that the Network expansion will result in an improvement in the EBITDA generated
by its switched services business. For a discussion of important factors that
could cause the Company's switched services business to fail to generate
positive EBITDA, see "-- Development Risks and Dependence on Switched Services
Business."
The Company is required to make annual interest payments of $35.6 million
with respect to the Company's outstanding $285.0 million principal amount of the
12 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2005 (the "Senior Notes"). The Company will also be
required to make interest payments and, beginning December 31, 1997, principal
payments in connection with borrowings, if any, under a secured equipment
financing facility of up to $28.0 million entered into with NTFC Capital
Corporation, an affiliate of Northern Telecom Inc. ("Nortel"), in July 1997 (the
"NTFC Equipment Facility"). In addition, the Company will also be required to
make interest payments with respect to the Proposed Credit Facility, if
obtained, and dividend payments with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock,
the Convertible Preferred Stock and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. Delays in
the Network expansion, larger than anticipated capital expenditures for the
Network or continued negative cash flow from the switched services business
could impair the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Senior
Notes and other indebtedness, to pay cash dividends on the Series 3 Preferred
Stock, the Convertible Preferred Stock and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and
to access additional sources of funding, any of which would have a material
adverse effect on the Company and the
15
<PAGE> 21
value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. See "-- Risks Relating to the Network
Expansion," and "-- Development Risks and Dependence on Switched Services
Business."
The Company anticipates that in the event it is unable to enter into the
Proposed Credit Facility, obtain vendor financing on acceptable terms or
consummate the MCI Fiber Sale and the Chicago-LA LCI Fiber Sale, it will be
required to (x) sell additional equity and/or debt securities in order to
complete its planned Network expansion or (y) curtail or delay its planned
Network expansion. Furthermore, before incurring additional Indebtedness, the
Company may be required to obtain the consent of its debtholders. The Company's
failure to obtain additional financing or, in the alternative, its decision to
curtail or delay its planned network expansion could have a material adverse
effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.
In October 1997, the Company formed a joint venture with Telenor AS, the
Norwegian national telephone company, to provide telecommunication services to
carriers and resellers in nine European countries. The joint venture will be
owned 40 percent by the Company, 40 percent by Telenor Global Services AS
("Telenor"), and 20 percent by Clarion Resources Communications Corporation, a
U.S.-based telecommunications company in which Telenor owns a controlling
interest. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will have two seats on
the joint venture's board. Although the Company cannot accurately predict the
capital that will be required to implement the Telenor joint venture, the
Company estimates that its funding of $6 million will be sufficient for the
remainder of 1997 and 1998. However, there can be no assurance that the joint
venture will not require more capital from the Company during the remainder of
1997 and 1998.
The cash requirements described above do not include any cash which may be
required for acquisitions the Company may make. See "-- Acquisition Risks."
ABILITY TO PAY DIVIDENDS ON THE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The ability of the Company to pay any dividends is subject to applicable
provisions of state law and to pay cash dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock after February 15, 2001 and on the Convertible Preferred Stock after March
31, 1999, will be subject to the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture (as
defined), the Series 3 Preferred Stock and any other indebtedness of the Company
then outstanding. The terms of the Senior Notes Indenture currently prohibit the
Company from paying cash dividends on any preferred stock, including the
Convertible Preferred Stock and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. The ability of
the Company in the future to pay cash dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock will depend on its meeting certain
financial criteria, which in turn will require significant improvements in the
Company's EBITDA and Consolidated Net Worth (as defined in the Senior Notes
Indenture). There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet such
financial criteria in order to pay cash dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness." Moreover, under Delaware law the Company is permitted to pay
dividends on its capital stock, including the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, only
out of its surplus, or in the event that it has no surplus, out of its net
profits for the year in which a dividend is declared or for the immediately
preceding fiscal year. Surplus is defined as the excess of a company's total
assets over the sum of its total liabilities plus the par value of its
outstanding capital stock. In order to pay dividends in cash, the Company must
have surplus or net profits equal to the full amount of the cash dividend at the
time such dividend is declared. The Company cannot predict what the value of its
assets or the amount of its liabilities will be in the future and, accordingly,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to pay cash dividends on
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
The holders of Series 3 Preferred Stock, subject to the terms of the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Restated
Certificate"), are entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1,000 per
share, plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends and the Company
may voluntarily redeem the Series 3 Preferred Stock for $1,000 per share, plus
an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends. In addition, the holders of
Series 3 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive annual dividends, subject to
applicable provisions of state law and the limitations of the Restated
Certificate and in the Senior Notes
16
<PAGE> 22
Indenture, in an amount equal to $100 per share, plus an amount determined by
applying a 10% annual rate, compounded annually, to any accrued but unpaid
dividend amount from the last day of the period when such dividend accrues to
the actual date of payment. All accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series 3
Preferred Stock (approximately $.3 million at November 1, 1997) must be paid in
cash before the Company can pay any cash dividends in respect of the Convertible
Preferred Stock or the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. In addition, the
Convertible Preferred Stock prohibits the payment of cash dividends on pari
passu preferred stock (including the Exchangeable Preferred Stock) unless and
until cash dividends are being paid on the Convertible Preferred Stock.
On October 31, 1997 the Company consummated the Series 3 Tender Offer.
Pursuant to the Series 3 Tender Offer, 12,135.97 shares of the Series 3
Preferred Stock, or approximately 96.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of
Series 3 Preferred Stock were tendered, all of which were accepted by the
Company. After giving effect to the consummation of the Series 3 Tender Offer,
414.03 shares of the Series 3 Preferred Stock remain outstanding.
SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS; INSUFFICIENCY OF EARNINGS TO COVER FIXED CHARGES,
INCLUDING DIVIDENDS ON THE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Company is highly leveraged. As of September 30, 1997, the Company had
outstanding approximately $303.7 million of long-term debt and capital lease
obligations (including the current portion thereof) principally related to its
outstanding $285.0 million principal amount of the Senior Notes. As adjusted for
the sale of the Convertible Preferred Stock and the Exchangeable Preferred Sale
as if they had occurred on or before January 1, 1997, the Company's earnings
would have been insufficient to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock
dividends by $115.2 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 1997.
Furthermore, provided the Company meets certain financial tests, the Company may
borrow up to $28 million under the NTFC Equipment Facility. In addition, the
Company is engaged in discussions with potential lenders regarding a revolving
credit facility (the "Proposed Credit Facility"). The Company anticipates that
borrowings under the Proposed Credit Facility would be available with respect to
a percentage of its eligible accounts receivable. Although the total
availability under the Proposed Credit Facility will vary from time to time
according to the aggregate amount of eligible accounts receivable, the Company
anticipates that the lender will impose a limit on borrowings under the Proposed
Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that the Company will obtain the
Proposed Credit Facility on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, the Company
will become more highly leveraged if it exchanges Exchange Debentures for the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
Furthermore, the Company is soliciting consents from the holders of the
Senior Notes to permit, among other things, the incurrence by the Company of
additional indebtedness which, if permitted, could be substantial.
The Company's significant debt burden could have several important
consequences to the holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, including, but
not limited to: (i) a significant portion of the Company's cash flow from
operations must be used to service its debt instead of being used in the
Company's business; (ii) the Company's significant degree of leverage could
increase its vulnerability to changes in general economic conditions or
increases in prevailing interest rates; (iii) the Company's flexibility to
obtain additional financing in the future, as needed to continue the Network
expansion or for any other reason, may be impaired by the amount of debt
outstanding and the restrictions imposed by the covenants contained in the
indenture for the Senior Notes (the "Senior Notes Indenture") and in agreements
relating to other indebtedness; (iv) a substantial portion of the indebtedness
of the Company will mature in accordance with its terms prior to the mandatory
redemption of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock; and (v) the Company may be more
leveraged than certain of its competitors, which may be a competitive
disadvantage. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." There can be no
assurance that the Company's cash flow from operations will be sufficient to
meet its obligations under the Senior Notes or other indebtedness or the Series
3 Preferred Stock, the Convertible Preferred Stock or the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock as payments become due or that the Company will be able to refinance the
Senior Notes or other indebtedness at maturity or the Convertible Preferred
Stock or the Exchangeable Preferred Stock upon mandatory redemption.
17
<PAGE> 23
The Company anticipates that earnings will be insufficient to cover fixed
charges and preferred stock dividends for the next several years. In order for
the Company to meet its debt and dividend service obligations, and its dividend
and redemption obligations with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the
Company will need to substantially improve its operating results. There can be
no assurance that the Company's operating results will be sufficient to enable
the Company to meet its debt and dividend service obligations, and its dividend
and redemption obligations with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. In
the absence of such operating results, the Company could face substantial
liquidity problems and might be required to raise additional financing through
the issuance of debt or equity securities; however, there can be no assurance
that the Company would be successful in raising such financing.
RECENT AND EXPECTED LOSSES
The Company reported a net loss of $37.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 and a net loss of $75.5 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997. The Company does not expect to generate net income in 1997,
due to substantial interest expense associated with the Senior Notes and
operational expenses associated with the switched long distance business.
Thereafter, the Company's ability to generate operating income, EBITDA and net
income will depend to a great extent on demand for the private line circuits
constructed in the Network expansion and the success of the Company's switched
long distance and data services. There can be no assurance that the Company will
return to profitability in the future. Failure to generate operating income,
EBITDA and net income will impair the Company's ability to: (i) meet its
obligations under the Senior Notes or other indebtedness; (ii) pay cash
dividends on the Series 3 Preferred Stock, the Convertible Preferred Stock and
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock; (iii) expand its switched services business;
and (iv) raise additional equity or debt financing which will be necessary to
continue the Network expansion or which may be required for other reasons. Such
events could have a material adverse effect on the Company and the value of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
SUBORDINATION OF THE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Company's obligations with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock
are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future
indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Senior Notes,
and to all present and future Senior Stock of the Company, including the Series
3 Preferred Stock. The Exchangeable Preferred Stock will rank pari passu with
all existing and future Parity Stock, including the Convertible Preferred Stock.
See "Description of Capital Stock." As of November 1, 1997, there was
approximately $.7 million of outstanding Senior Stock of the Company. As of
September 30, 1997, there was approximately $522.0 million (without giving
effect to an unamortized debt discount of approximately $7 million in connection
with the Senior Notes) of outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities of the
Company (including approximately $210.7 million of indebtedness and other
liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries). In the
event of bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, the assets of
the Company will be available to pay obligations on the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock only after all Senior Stock and all indebtedness of the Company have been
paid, and there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any
or all of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock then outstanding. See "Description of
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock -- Ranking."
While any shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock are outstanding, the
Company may not authorize, create or increase the authorized amount of any class
or series of stock that ranks senior to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock with
respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up without the consent of the holders of 66 2/3 of the outstanding
shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock. However, without the consent of any
holder of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Company may create additional
classes of stock, increase the authorized number of shares of preferred stock or
issue a new series of Junior Stock or Parity Stock.
SUBORDINATION OF THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
The payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on or any other
amounts owing in respect of, the Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be
subordinated to the prior payment in full of all existing and future
18
<PAGE> 24
Senior Indebtedness, including indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes, and
will be effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities
(including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries. As of September 30,
1997, there was approximately $522.0 million (without giving effect to an
unamortized debt discount of approximately $7 million in connection with the
Senior Notes) of outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company
(including approximately $210.7 million of indebtedness and other liabilities
(including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries), all of which would
have been senior in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures. The Senior
Notes Indenture and the Exchange Indenture permit the incurrence by the Company
and its subsidiaries of additional indebtedness, all of which may constitute
Senior Indebtedness, under certain circumstances. In addition, the Company may
not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or any other amounts owing
in respect of, the Exchange Debentures, or purchase, redeem or otherwise retire
the Exchange Debentures, if (i) the obligations with respect to the Senior Notes
are not paid when due or (ii) any other event of default has occurred under the
Senior Notes Indenture, and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of
such payment. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company, the assets of the Company will be available to pay obligations on the
Exchange Debentures only after all Senior Indebtedness has been paid, and there
may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the
Exchange Debentures then outstanding. See "Description of the Exchange
Debentures -- Ranking."
EFFECT OF SUBSTANTIAL ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS ON THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO MAKE
PAYMENTS ON THE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
The Senior Notes Indenture and the Certificate of Designation limit, but do
not prohibit, the incurrence of additional indebtedness by the Company and its
subsidiaries, and the Company may incur substantial additional indebtedness
during the next few years to finance the construction of network routes and
purchase of network electronics. All additional indebtedness of the Company will
rank senior in right of payment to any payment obligations with respect to the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures (to the extent that such
additional indebtedness represents Senior Indebtedness). The debt service
requirements of any additional Senior Indebtedness would make it more difficult
for the Company to pay cash obligations with respect to the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures.
RISKS RELATING TO THE NETWORK EXPANSION; MAINTENANCE OF NETWORK, RIGHTS-OF-WAY
AND PERMITS
The continuing Network expansion is an essential element of the Company's
future success. The Company has, from time to time, experienced delays with
respect to the construction of certain portions of the Network expansion and may
experience similar delays in the future. These delays have delayed the Company's
ability to transfer long distance traffic from leased facilities to owned
facilities. Although the Company has made significant progress, right-of-way
acquisition for, and construction of, the New York to Los Angeles via St. Louis
route is not yet complete. The Company has substantial existing commitments to
purchase materials and labor for construction of the Network expansion, and will
need to obtain additional materials and labor which may cost more than
anticipated. Substantial segments of the route from New York to Los Angeles via
St. Louis and all of the route from Washington to Houston via Atlanta are being
constructed by contractors or, pursuant to cost-saving arrangements, by third
parties that will include the Company's fiber in routes such carriers are
constructing for their own use. Difficulties or delays with respect to any of
the foregoing may significantly delay or prevent the completion of the Network
expansion, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company, its
financial results and the value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
The expansion of the Company's Network and its construction or acquisition
of new networks will be dependent, among other things, on its ability to acquire
rights-of-way and required permits from railroads, utilities and governmental
authorities on satisfactory terms and conditions and on its ability to finance
such expansion, acquisition and construction. Once expansion of the Network is
completed and requisite rights and permits are obtained, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to maintain all of its existing rights
and permits. Loss of substantial rights and permits or the failure to enter into
and maintain required
19
<PAGE> 25
arrangements for the Company's Network could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations and on the
value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
CONTRACTS CONTINGENT UPON SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF NETWORK EXPANSION
In December 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with Vyvx whereby
the parties will exchange the rights to use fibers. The parties are required to
complete their routes by December 31, 1997, with penalties taking effect in July
1998 if one party, but not the other, has failed to complete its route. Although
the Company anticipates that it will complete its route in time to avoid any
penalty, there can be no assurance in this regard. Such penalties increase from
$400,000 per month commencing in July 1998 to $800,000 per month commencing in
October 1998. The Company entered into an agreement with a major long distance
carrier that will obtain private line services from the Company utilizing routes
included in the Network expansion, including routes under construction. Under
this contract, the Company will supply DS-3 circuits for aggregate revenues of
over $24.0 million during 1997-1998. Delays in completion of such routes could
result in cancellation of orders under such contract. In February 1997, the
Company entered into an agreement with respect to the Chicago-LA LCI Fiber Sale.
The agreement provides for (i) the Company to issue credits to LCI in the amount
of $3.00 per route mile per day on uncompleted sections if the route is not
completed by September 1, 1997 and (ii) the Company to provide OC-48 capacity to
LCI along uncompleted sections (which capacity may have to be obtained by the
Company from other carriers) if the route is not completed by December 1, 1997.
Although the route from Chicago to Dallas has been delivered to LCI, the Company
expects that the route from Dallas to Los Angeles will not be completed until
late 1997. The Company does not expect the effect of giving LCI credits or
capacity along this route will be material. In March 1997, the Company entered
into an agreement with respect to the MCI Fiber Sale. The agreement provides for
the Company to issue a credit to MCI of $100 per route mile per month along any
incomplete route segment, commencing January 1, 1998.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to complete the
expansion routes without significant delays or penalties, within its budget or
at all. Any significant delay in, or the Company's inability to complete, the
Network expansion would have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability
to perform its obligations pursuant to the above contracts and on its business,
financial condition and results of operations and on the value of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
DEPENDENCE UPON NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE; RISK OF SYSTEM FAILURE; SECURITY RISKS
The Company's success in marketing its services to business and government
users requires that the Company provide superior reliability, capacity and
security via its Network. The Company's Network and networks upon which it
depends are subject to physical damage, power loss, capacity limitations,
software defects, breaches of security (by computer virus, break-ins or
otherwise) and other disruptions which may cause interruptions in service or
reduced capacity for customers and which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations and on the
value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
PRICING PRESSURES AND RISKS OF INDUSTRY OVER-CAPACITY
The long distance transmission industry has generally been characterized by
over-capacity and declining prices since shortly after the AT&T divestiture in
1984. The Company believes that, in the last several years, increasing demand
has ameliorated the over-capacity and that pricing pressure has been reduced.
However, the Company anticipates that prices for its services will continue to
decline over the next several years. The Company is aware that certain long
distance carriers (WorldCom, MCI, LCI and others) are expanding their capacity
and believes that other long distance carriers, as well as potential new
entrants to the industry, are considering the construction of new fiber optic
and other long distance transmission networks. Although the Company believes
that there are significant barriers to entry for some new entrants that may
consider building a new fiber optic network, such as substantial construction
costs and the difficulty and expense of securing appropriate rights-of-way,
establishing and maintaining a sufficient customer base, recruiting and
retaining appropriate personnel and maintaining a reliable network, certain of
these barriers may not apply to some new
20
<PAGE> 26
entrants (such as Qwest, utility companies or railroads which already have
significant rights-of-way). Since the cost of the actual fiber is a relatively
small portion of the cost of building new transmission lines, companies building
such lines are likely to install fiber that provides substantially more
transmission capacity than will be needed over the short or medium term.
Further, recent technological advances have shown the potential to greatly
expand the capacity of existing and new fiber optic cable. Although such
technological advances may enable the Company to increase its capacity, an
increase in the capacity of the Company's competitors could adversely affect the
Company's business. If industry capacity expansion results in capacity that
exceeds overall demand in general or along any of the Company's routes, severe
additional pricing pressure could develop. As a result, certain industry
observers have predicted that, within a few years, there may be dramatic and
substantial price reductions and that long distance calls will not be materially
more expensive than local calls. Price reductions could have a material adverse
effect on the Company and the value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
DEVELOPMENT RISKS AND DEPENDENCE ON SWITCHED SERVICES BUSINESS
The success of the Company in the switched services business is dependent
on the Company's ability to generate significant customer traffic, to manage an
efficient switched long distance network and related customer service and the
timely completion of the Network expansion. Prior to 1996 the Company had not
previously managed a switched long distance network and there can be no
assurance that its switched services business can generate positive EBITDA or
net income. The failure of the Company to generate increased customer traffic,
to complete these routes in a timely manner, or to effectively manage the
switched network and related customer service or to generate positive EBITDA or
net income from the switched services business would have a material adverse
effect on the Company. The Company's switched services business will require
cash to meet its operating expenses. The Company's switched services business
generated negative EBITDA for each of the four quarters of 1996. EBITDA from
switched services remained negative in the first three quarters of 1997 and the
Company believes it is likely to remain negative for the balance of the year,
due to higher-than-anticipated access costs and uneven traffic patterns creating
high network overflow costs. Although the Company is attempting to control such
costs and improve EBITDA from switched services, there is no assurance it will
be successful. The Company expects that the Network expansion will result in an
improvement in the gross margins and EBITDA generated by its switched services
business. The Company has experienced and expects to continue to experience
difficulties in commencing services for end users of carrier customers. Although
the Company believes that its performance with respect to these matters has met
or exceeded industry norms, such difficulties may adversely affect the Company's
relationships with its customers.
Important factors that could cause the Company's switched services business
to fail to generate positive EBITDA include changes in the businesses of the
Company's reseller customers, an inability to attract new customers or to
quickly transfer new customers to its Network without problems, the loss of
existing customers, problems in the operation of the switched network, the
Company's lack of experience with switched services, increases in operating
expenses or other factors affecting the Company's revenue or expenses, including
delays in the construction of the Network expansion and increased expenses
related to access charges and network overflow, not all of which are capable of
control by the Company. If traffic does not increase and costs are not
adequately controlled there can be no assurance that the switched long distance
business will ever generate positive EBITDA. In addition, to the extent that
LECs grant volume discounts with respect to local access charges, the Company
may have a cost disadvantage versus the larger carriers. Furthermore, the credit
risk for the Company's switched services business is substantially greater than
the credit risk for the Company's private line business, because switched long
distance customers will be charged in arrears on the basis of MOUs (which are
frequently subject to dispute), and because many switched long distance
customers (in particular, resellers of debit card services) are not as well
capitalized as most of the Company's private line customers.
21
<PAGE> 27
RISKS INHERENT IN RAPID GROWTH
Part of the Company's strategy is to achieve rapid growth through expanding
its switched services business and through completing the Network expansion. In
addition, the Company may from time to time make acquisitions of resellers which
it believes provide a strategic fit with its business and Network. See
"-- Integration of Acquired Business; Business Combinations." The Company's
rapid growth has placed, and its planned future growth will continue to place, a
significant and increasing strain on the Company's financial, management,
technical, information and accounting resources. See "-- Dependence on Billing,
Customer Services and Information Systems." Continued rapid growth would
require: (i) the retention and training of new personnel; (ii) the satisfactory
performance by the Company's customer interface and billing systems; (iii) the
development and introduction of new products; and (iv) the control of the
Company's expenses related to the expansion into the switched services business
and the Network expansion. The failure by the Company to satisfy these
requirements, or otherwise to manage its growth effectively, would have a
material adverse effect on the Company and the value of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock.
DEPENDENCE ON BILLING, CUSTOMER SERVICES AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Sophisticated information and processing systems are vital to the Company's
growth and its ability to monitor costs, bill customers, provision customer
orders and achieve operating efficiencies. Billing and information systems for
the Company's historical lines of business have been produced largely in-house
with partial reliance on third-party vendors. These systems have generally met
the Company's needs due in part to the low volume of customer billing. As the
Company's long distance operation continues to expand, the need for
sophisticated billing and information systems will increase significantly. The
Company's plans for the development and implementation of its billing systems
rely, for the most part, on the delivery of products and services by third party
vendors. Failure of these vendors to deliver proposed products and services in a
timely and effective manner and at acceptable costs, failure of the Company to
adequately identify all of its information and processing needs, failure of the
Company's related processing or information systems or the failure of the
Company to upgrade systems as necessary could have a material adverse effect on
the ability of the Company to reach its objectives, on its financial condition
and on its results of operations and on the value of the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock.
INTEGRATION OF ACQUIRED BUSINESSES; BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
As part of its growth strategy, the Company acquired Telecom One, a
switchless reseller, in July 1997 and may, from time to time, acquire
businesses, assets or securities of companies which it believes provide a
strategic fit with its business and Network. Although the Company currently has
no commitments or agreements with respect to any possible acquisitions, it has
reviewed potential acquisition candidates and has held preliminary discussions
with a number of these candidates. Any such acquisitions will be accompanied by
the risks commonly associated with acquisitions. These risks include potential
exposure to unknown liabilities of acquired companies, the difficulty and
expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the companies, the
potential disruption to the business of the Company, the potential diversion of
management time and attention, the impairment of relationships with and the
possible loss of key employees and customers of the acquired business, the
incurrence of amortization expenses if an acquisition is accounted for as a
purchase and dilution to the stockholders of the Company if the acquisition is
made for stock. Any acquired businesses will need to be integrated with the
Company's existing operations. This will entail, among other things, integration
of switching, transmission, technical, sales, marketing, billing, accounting,
quality control, management, personnel, payroll, regulatory compliance and other
systems and operating hardware and software, some or all of which may be
incompatible with the Company's existing systems. The Company has limited
expertise dealing with these problems. There can be no assurance that services,
technologies or businesses of acquired companies will be effectively assimilated
into the business or product offerings of the Company or that they will
contribute to the Company's revenues or earnings to any material extent. The
risks associated with acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on the
Company and the value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
22
<PAGE> 28
RELIANCE ON MAJOR CUSTOMERS
The Company's ten largest customers in 1996 accounted for approximately 70%
of its revenues, with Excel, WorldCom and Frontier as its three largest
customers. Excel first became a customer in 1996 and accounted for 35% of the
Company's revenues (69% of the Company's switched long distance revenues) during
1996. During 1994, 1995 and 1996, WorldCom accounted for approximately 25%, 20%
and 8% respectively, of the Company's revenues (the Company derived no revenues
from capacity-exchange arrangements with WorldCom in 1994, and approximately 4%
and 3% of its revenues from such arrangements with WorldCom in 1995 and 1996,
respectively) and Frontier (including Allnet) accounted for 23%, 21% and 10%,
respectively, of the Company's revenues.
Many of the Company's arrangements with large customers do not provide the
Company with guarantees that customer usage will be maintained at current
levels. In addition, construction by certain of the Company's customers of their
own facilities or further consolidations in the telecommunications industry
involving the Company's customers would lead such customers to reduce or cease
their use of the Company's services which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company and the value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
The Company's strategy for establishing and growing its switched long
distance business is based in large part on its relationship with Excel. The
failure by the Company to fulfill its obligations to provide a reliable switched
network for use by Excel or the failure by Excel: (i) to fulfill its obligations
to utilize the Company's switched long distance services (even though such
failure could give rise in certain circumstances to claims by the Company); (ii)
to utilize the volume of MOUs that the Company expects it to utilize or (iii) to
maintain and expand its business, could result in a material adverse effect on
the Company.
DEPENDENCE UPON SOLE AND LIMITED SOURCES OF SUPPLY
The Company relies on other companies to supply certain key components of
its network infrastructure, including telecommunications services, network
capacity and switching and networking equipment, which, in the quantities and
quality demanded by the Company, are available only from sole or limited
sources. The Company is also dependent upon LECs to provide telecommunications
services and facilities to the Company and its customers. The Company has from
time to time experienced delays in receiving telecommunications services and
facilities, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
obtain such services or facilities on the scale and within the time frames
required by the Company at an affordable cost, or at all. Any such difficulty in
obtaining such services or additional capacity on a timely basis at an
affordable cost, or at all, would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company
also is dependent on its suppliers' ability to provide products and components
that comply with various Internet and telecommunications standards, interoperate
with products and components from other vendors and fulfill their intended
function as a part of the network infrastructure. Any failure of the Company's
suppliers to provide such products could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
COMPETITION
The telecommunications industry is highly competitive. Many of the
Company's competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater
financial, personnel, technical, marketing and other resources than those of the
Company and a far more extensive transmission network than the Company. Such
competitors may build additional fiber capacity in the geographic areas to be
served by the Network expansion. Qwest has announced that it is building a new
nationwide long distance fiber optic network and Frontier has announced that it
will pay $500 million to obtain fibers in Qwest's network. In addition, many
telecommunications companies are acquiring switches and users of switches will
have an increasing number of alternative providers of switched long distance
services. The Company competes primarily on the basis of pricing, availability,
transmission quality, customer service (including the capability of making rapid
additions to add end users and access to end-user traffic records) and variety
of services. The ability of the Company to
23
<PAGE> 29
compete effectively will depend on its ability to maintain high-quality services
at prices generally equal to or below those charged by its competitors.
An alternative method of transmitting telecommunications traffic is through
satellite transmission. Satellite transmission is superior to fiber optic
transmission for distribution communications, for example, video broadcasting.
Although satellite transmission is not preferred to fiber optic transmission for
voice traffic in most parts of the United States because it exhibits a slight
(approximately one-quarter-second) time delay, such delay is not important for
many data-oriented uses. In the event the market for data transmission grows,
the Company will compete with satellite carriers in such market. Also, at least
one satellite company, Orion Network Systems, Inc., has announced its intention
to provide Internet access services to businesses through satellite technology.
The Company competes with large and small facilities-based interexchange
carriers as well as with other coast-to-coast and regional fiber optic network
providers. There are currently four principal facilities-based long distance
fiber optic networks (AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom). The Company is aware that
others are planning additional networks that, if constructed, could employ
similar advanced technology as the Company's Network. Upon completion of the
Company's Network, each of Qwest, Frontier and GTE will have a fiber network
similar in geographic scope and potential operating capability to that of the
Company. The Company also sells switched services to both facilities-based
carriers and nonfacilities-based carriers (switchless resellers), competing with
facilities-based carriers such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom and certain
regional carriers. The Company competes in its markets on the basis of price,
transmission quality, network reliability and customer service and support. The
ability of the Company to compete effectively in its markets will depend upon
its ability to maintain high quality services at prices equal to or below those
charged by its competitors many of whom have extensive experience in the long
distance market. In addition, the Telecom Act of 1996 (as defined) will allow
the RBOCs and others to enter the long distance market. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully with existing
competitors or new entrants in its markets. Failure by the Company to do so
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "-- Risks Related to Technological
Change."
On February 15, 1997, the United States Trade Representative designate
announced that an agreement had been reached with World Trade Organization
("WTO") countries to open world telecommunications markets to competition. The
agreement, known as the WTO Basic Telecommunications Services Agreement ("WTO
Agreement"), is scheduled to become effective on January 1, 1998. The WTO
Agreement will provide U.S. companies with foreign market access for local, long
distance, and international services, either on a facilities basis or through
resale of existing network capacity. The WTO Agreement also provides that U.S.
companies can acquire, establish or hold a significant stake in
telecommunications companies around the world. Conversely, foreign companies
will be permitted to enter domestic U.S. telecommunications markets and acquire
ownership interest in U.S. companies. On June 4, 1997, the FCC initiated a
rulemaking proceeding to bring FCC policies and procedures into conformance with
the WTO Agreement. Therefore, foreign telecommunications companies could also be
significant new competitors to the Company or the Company's customers.
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's businesses are managed by a small number of key executive
officers, the loss of whom could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company believes that its growth and future success will depend in large
part on its continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified
personnel. The loss of one or more members of senior management or the failure
to recruit additional qualified personnel in the future could significantly
impede attainment of the Company's financial, expansion, marketing and other
objectives.
24
<PAGE> 30
DEVELOPMENT RISKS OF THE FRAME RELAY AND ATM TRANSMISSION BUSINESS
The Company began offering Frame Relay, ATM and other data transmission
services during the first quarter of 1997. Although the Company has not yet made
a material investment for, or generated material revenues from, this business,
the Company believes that data transmission services present a promising
opportunity for the Company. To succeed in providing these services, the Company
must compete with AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom and other large competitors. In
addition, the Company expects that it will be necessary to continue to make
upgrades to its Network (in advance of related revenues) to be competitive in
providing these services. The provision of data transmission services involves
technical issues with which the Company has very limited experience. In
addition, the provision of these services must be successfully integrated with
the Company's existing businesses. To the extent the Company does not
successfully compete in providing these services, it will not realize a return
on its investment in data switches and other equipment and it will not benefit
from the growth, if any, in demand for these services. A failure to successfully
compete in data transmission services could have a material adverse effect on
the Company and the value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
RECENT LEGISLATION AND REGULATORY UNCERTAINTY
Certain of the Company's operations are subject to regulation by the FCC
under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the "Communications Act"). In
addition, certain of the Company's businesses are subject to regulation by state
public utility or public service commissions. Changes in the regulation of, or
the enactment or changes in interpretation of legislation affecting, the
Company's operations could have a material adverse affect on the Company and the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock. In 1996 the federal government enacted the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Telecom Act of 1996"), which, among other
things, allows the RBOCs and others to enter the long distance business. Entry
of the RBOCs or other entities such as electric utilities and cable television
companies into the long distance business may have a negative impact on the
Company or its customers. The Company anticipates that certain of such entrants
will be strong competitors because, among other reasons, they may enjoy one or
more of the following advantages: they may (i) be well capitalized; (ii) already
have substantial end-user customer bases; and/or (iii) enjoy cost advantages
relating to local loops and access charges. The introduction of additional
strong competitors into the switched long distance business would mean that the
Company and its customers would face substantially increased competition. This
could have a material adverse effect on the Company and the value of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock. On July 18, 1997, in Iowa Utilities Board v. FCC,
the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit invalidated key
portions of the FCC's August 29, 1996 interconnection order, which the FCC had
adopted to facilitate the emergence of local exchange competition. Although the
FCC has announced that it will seek Supreme Court review of the Eighth Circuit's
ruling, the further emergence and development of local exchange competition may
likely be delayed as a result. Consequently, the Company and its customers may
not benefit as quickly from the lower access costs that might otherwise have
resulted had competition in the provision of local access services not been thus
delayed. Further, the FCC has issued orders relating to universal service
funding by interstate telecommunications carriers, and to the access charges the
Company and its customers are required to pay to LECs. These orders have been
appealed. The outcomes of the appeals, and the outcomes of future FCC
proceedings on these issues, are impossible to predict. In addition, the Telecom
Act of 1996 provides that state proceedings may in certain instances determine
access charges the Company and its customers are required to pay to the LECs.
There can be no assurance that such proceedings will not result in increases in
such rates. Such increases could have a material adverse effect on the Company
or its customers.
POTENTIAL LIABILITY OF INTERNET ACCESS PROVIDERS
The law governing the liability of on-line services providers and Internet
access providers for participating in the hosting or transmission of
objectionable materials or information currently is unsettled. Under the terms
of the Telecom Act of 1996, both civil and criminal penalties can be imposed for
the use of interactive computer services for the transmission of certain
indecent or obscene communications. However, this provision was recently found
to be unconstitutional by the United States Supreme Court in American Civil
25
<PAGE> 31
Liberties Union v. Janet Reno. Nonetheless, many states have adopted or are
considering adopting similar requirements, and the constitutionality of such
state requirements remains unsettled at this time. In addition, several private
lawsuits have been filed seeking to hold Internet access providers accountable
for information which they transmit. In one such case, the court ruled that an
Internet access provider is not directly liable for copies that are made and
stored on its computer but may be held liable as a contributing infringer where,
with knowledge of the infringing activity, the Internet access provider induces,
causes or materially contributes to another person's infringing conduct. While
the outcome of these activities is uncertain, the ultimate imposition of
potential liability on Internet access providers for information which they
host, distribute or transport could materially change the way they must conduct
business. To avoid undue exposure to such liability, Internet access providers
could be compelled to engage in burdensome investigation of subscriber materials
or even discontinue offering the service altogether.
RISKS RELATED TO TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
The market for the Company's telecommunications services is characterized
by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, emerging
competition and frequent new product and service introductions. There can be no
assurance that the Company will successfully identify new service opportunities
and develop and bring new services to market. The Company is also at risk from
fundamental changes in the way telecommunications services are marketed and
delivered. The Company's data communications service strategy assumes that
technology such as Frame Relay and ATM protocols, utilizing fiber optic or
copper-based telecommunications infrastructures, will continue to be the primary
protocols and transport infrastructure for data communications services. Future
technological changes, including changes related to the emerging wireline and
wireless transmission and switching technologies, could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations, and financial
condition. The Company's pursuit of necessary technological advances may require
substantial time and expense, and there can be no assurance that the Company
will succeed in adapting its telecommunications services business to alternate
access devices, conduits and protocols.
In addition, recent technological advances that show the potential to
greatly expand the capacity of existing and new fiber optic cable, which could
greatly increase supply, could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
CONCENTRATION OF STOCK OWNERSHIP
As of December 1, 1997 Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust ("GEPT")
beneficially owned approximately 27.3% of the outstanding Common Stock, Grumman
Hill Investments, L.P. ("GHI"), Richard D. Irwin and his affiliates together
beneficially owned approximately 10.8% of the outstanding Common Stock, and two
of the members of senior management and their affiliates beneficially owned
approximately 13.6% of the outstanding Common Stock. GEPT owns 30% of the
Convertible Preferred Stock. As a result, certain of these stockholders, if they
act together, generally would be able to elect a majority of directors elected
by the holders of the Common Stock and exercise control over the business,
policies and affairs of the Company, and would have the power to approve or
disapprove most actions requiring stockholder approval, including amendments to
the Company's charter and by-laws, certain mergers or similar transactions and
sales of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (subject to approval
of the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock and Exchangeable Preferred Stock
to the extent required by applicable law). This concentration of stock ownership
could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the
Company or the removal of existing management and may discourage attempts to do
so.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The statements contained in this Prospectus that are not historical facts
are "forward-looking statements" (as such term is defined in the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995), which can be identified by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as "estimates," "projects," "anticipates,"
"expects," "intends," "believes," or the negative thereof or other variations
thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy that involve
risks and uncertainties. The Company wishes to caution the reader that these
forward-
26
<PAGE> 32
looking statements, such as the Company's plans to expand its existing networks
or to build and acquire networks in new areas, and statements regarding
development of the Company's businesses, the estimate of market sizes and
addressable markets for the Company's services and products, the Company's
anticipated capital expenditures, regulatory reform and other statements
contained in this Prospectus regarding matters that are not historical facts,
are only estimates or predictions. No assurance can be given that future results
will be achieved; actual events or results may differ materially as a result of
risks facing the Company or actual results differing from the assumptions
underlying such statements. Such risks and assumptions include, but are not
limited to, the Company's ability to successfully market its services to current
and new customers, generate customer demand for its services in the particular
markets where it plans to market services, access markets, identify, finance and
complete suitable acquisitions, design and construct fiber optic networks,
install cable and facilities, including switching electronics, and obtain
rights-of-way, building access rights and any required governmental
authorizations, franchises and permits, all in a timely manner, at reasonable
costs and on satisfactory terms and conditions, as well as regulatory,
legislative and judicial developments that could cause actual results to vary
materially from the future results indicated, expressed or implied, in such
forward-looking statements.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Old Preferred Stock was originally issued and sold on August 20, 1997
in reliance upon the exemptions from registration under Rule 144A and Section
4(2) of the Securities Act. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company agreed to register with the Commission a series of preferred shares with
substantially identical terms as the Old Preferred Stock, to be offered in
exchange for the Old Preferred Stock. The purpose of the Exchange Offer is to
satisfy the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
Holders that do not tender all of their Old Preferred Stock will no longer have
any registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement other than as
set forth in the following paragraph. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Preferred Stock for its own account in exchange for Old Preferred Stock, where
such Old Preferred Stock was acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Preferred
Stock. See "Plan of Distribution."
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is required to
file a shelf registration statement for a continuous offering pursuant to Rule
415 under the Securities Act in respect of the Old Preferred Stock if: (i)
because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the
staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect the Exchange
Offer; (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 150 days after the date
of the Registration Rights Agreement; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests
with respect to the Old Preferred Stock not eligible to be exchanged for New
Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of
the Exchange Offer; or (iv) any holder of Old Preferred Stock (other than an
Exchanging Dealer) is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or, in
the case of any holder of Old Preferred Stock (other than an Exchanging Dealer)
that participates in the Exchange Offer, such holder does not receive freely
tradeable New Preferred Stock on the date of the exchange. The Company is
required to use its best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement
continuously effective for a period of two years from the date of its
effectiveness or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Old
Preferred Stock covered by the shelf registration statement has been sold
pursuant thereto or is eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) under the Securities
Act.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
GENERAL
The Company offers to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal, the same number and aggregate liquidation preference of New
Preferred Stock for the Old Preferred Stock tendered for exchange. The terms of
the New
27
<PAGE> 33
Preferred Stock are substantially identical in all material respects (aggregate
liquidation preference, dividend rate, mandatory redemption and ranking) to the
terms of the Old Preferred Stock, except that the New Preferred Stock has been
registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not be subject to certain
transfer restrictions applicable to the Old Preferred Stock). See "Description
of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock." The New Preferred Stock, like the Old
Preferred Stock, is governed by the Certificate of Designation. See "Description
of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock." The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon
any minimum number of shares of Old Preferred Stock being tendered for exchange.
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission with respect to
similar transactions set forth in noaction letters issued to third parties
unrelated to the Company, the New Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Preferred Stock may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof who are not
"affiliates" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the New Preferred Stock is
acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business, such holders have no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution
(within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Preferred Stock and
neither the holders nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in
a distribution of the New Preferred Stock. Any holder who tenders in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a public distribution of the
New Preferred Stock must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the distribution.
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS, TERMINATION; AMENDMENT
The Exchange Offer will expire on the Expiration Date. The term "Expiration
Date" means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January 16, 1998 or such later
date and time, if any, as extended by the Company, in its sole discretion. The
Company may extend the Exchange Offer at any time and from time to time by
giving oral or written notice to holders of the Old Preferred Stock and unless
otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, by press release or other
public announcement on or before the Expiration Date. During any extension of
the Exchange Offer, all Old Preferred Stock tendered for exchange will remain
subject to the Exchange Offer. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the
Company will comply with all applicable requirements of the federal securities
laws, including, but not limited to, Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act.
The Company expressly reserves the right to (i) terminate the Exchange
Offer and not accept for exchange any shares of Old Preferred Stock if any of
the events set forth under "-- Conditions to the Exchange Offer" shall have
occurred and shall not have been waived by the Company and (ii) amend the terms
of the Exchange Offer in any manner which, in its good faith judgment, is
advantageous to the holders of the Old Preferred Stock, whether before or after
any tender of the Old Preferred Stock. Unless the Company terminates the
Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date,
the Company will exchange the New Preferred Stock for the Old Preferred Stock
promptly after acceptance of the tendered Old Preferred Stock by the Company and
following the Expiration Date.
EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES
The Exchange Offer is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
Old Preferred Stock may be tendered by properly completing and signing the
Letter of Transmittal and delivering the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth in this Prospectus on or prior to the Expiration
Date, together with: (i) the certificate or certificates representing the Old
Preferred Stock being tendered and any required signature guarantees; (ii) a
timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of
the Old Preferred Stock, if such procedure is available, into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Depository pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer described below; or (iii) the completion of the procedures for
guaranteed delivery set forth below. See "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
28
<PAGE> 34
If the New Preferred Stock (and any untendered Old Preferred Stock) is to
be issued in the name of the registered holder and the registered holder has
signed the Letter of Transmittal the holder's signature need not be guaranteed.
In any other case, the tendered Old Preferred Stock must be endorsed or
accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Exchange Agent and duly executed by the registered holder and the signature on
the endorsement or instrument of transfer must be guaranteed by a commercial
bank or trust company located or having an office or correspondent in the United
States, or by a member firm of a national securities exchange or of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (an "Eligible Institution"). If the New
Preferred Stock and/or Old Preferred Stock not exchanged are to be delivered to
an address other than that of the registered holder appearing on the register
for the Old Preferred Stock, the signature on the Letter of Transmittal must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Preferred Stock for its own account in exchange for Old Preferred Stock, where
such Old Preferred Stock was acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Preferred
Stock. See "Plan of Distribution."
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER. IF SENT BY MAIL,
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED,
PROPER INSURANCE OBTAINED, AND THE MAILING BE MADE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF
THE EXPIRATION DATE TO PERMIT DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE, NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD PREFERRED STOCK SHOULD BE SENT
TO THE COMPANY.
A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when the
tendering holder's properly completed and duly signed Letter of Transmittal, the
Old Preferred Stock or a Book-Entry Confirmation and all other required
documents are received by the Exchange Agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance for exchange and withdrawal of any tender of Old Preferred
Stock will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the right to
reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptance for exchange of
which may, in the opinion of the Company's counsel, be unlawful. The Company
also reserves the right to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or
any defect, withdrawal, rejection of tender or irregularity in the tender of any
Old Preferred Stock. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other
person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects, withdrawals,
rejections or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Preferred Stock nor
shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
The Letter of Transmittal contains, among other things, the following terms
and conditions, which are part of the Exchange Offer.
The holder tendering Old Preferred Stock exchanges, assigns and transfers
the Old Preferred Stock to the Company and irrevocably constitutes and appoints
the Exchange Agent as the holder's agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the Old
Preferred Stock to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The holder represents
and warrants to the Company and the Exchange Agent that: (i) it has full power
and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Old Preferred
Stock and to acquire New Preferred Stock in exchange for the Old Preferred
Stock; (ii) when the Old Preferred Stock is accepted for exchange, the Company
will acquire good and unencumbered title to the Old Preferred Stock, free and
clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to
any adverse claim; and (iii) it will, upon request, execute and deliver any
additional documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to
complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered Old Preferred Stock.
All authority conferred by the holder will survive the death or incapacity of
the holder and every obligation of the holder shall be binding upon the heirs,
legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors and administrators of the
holder.
29
<PAGE> 35
Each holder will also certify that the holder, among other things: (i) is
not an "affiliate" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act) or that, if it is an "affiliate," it will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the
extent applicable; (ii) is acquiring the New Preferred Stock offered in the
ordinary course of its business; (iii) has no arrangement or understanding with
any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) of the New Preferred Stock; and (iv) is not engaged in and does
not intend to engage in the distribution of the New Preferred Stock if such
holder is not a broker-dealer.
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
Old Preferred Stock tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
To be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be timely received by
the Exchange Agent at its address set forth in this Prospectus by mail, courier,
telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission. Any notice of withdrawal must
specify the person named in the Letter of Transmittal as having tendered Old
Preferred Stock to be withdrawn, the certificate numbers of Old Preferred Stock
to be withdrawn, the aggregate liquidation preference of Old Preferred Stock to
be withdrawn, a statement that the holder is withdrawing its election to tender
the Old Preferred Stock for exchange, and the name of the registered holder of
the Old Preferred Stock, and must be signed by the holder in the same manner as
the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal (including any required
signature guarantees) or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Exchange
Agent that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial
ownership of the Old Preferred Stock being withdrawn. The Exchange Agent will
return the properly withdrawn Old Preferred Stock promptly following receipt of
notice of withdrawal. If Old Preferred Stock has been tendered pursuant to a
book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number
of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the
withdrawn Old Preferred Stock and otherwise comply with the procedures of the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility. All questions as to the validity of notices of
withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Company, and
such determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Preferred
Stock which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged will be
returned to the holder thereof without cost to the holder (or, in the case of
Old Preferred Stock tendered by book-entry transfer, by crediting an account
maintained with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Preferred Stock) as
soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the
Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Preferred Stock may be re-tendered at any
time on or prior to the Expiration Date. Any Old Preferred Stock so withdrawn
and not re-tendered will not be exchanged for New Preferred Stock under the
Exchange Offer.
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK
Upon terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the Company
will accept for exchange any and all shares of Old Preferred Stock which are
validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. For the purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall
be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered Old Preferred Stock
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent.
The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of Old
Preferred Stock for the purpose of causing the Old Preferred Stock to be
assigned, transferred and exchanged for New Preferred Stock. Upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, delivery of New Preferred Stock
in exchange for Old Preferred Stock will be made by the Exchange Agent after
acceptance of the tendered Old Preferred Stock by the Company and promptly
following the Expiration Date. Any Old Preferred Stock not accepted for exchange
by the Company for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering
holders (or, in the case of Old Preferred Stock tendered by book-entry transfer,
by crediting an account maintained with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as
promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date or, if the Company terminates
the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date, promptly after the Exchange
Offer is terminated. See "-- Conditions to the Exchange Offer."
30
<PAGE> 36
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
The Exchange Agent will establish an account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility for purposes of the Exchange Offer within two business days after the
date of this Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of Old
Preferred Stock by causing the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer the Old
Preferred Stock into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedure for
transfer. The Letter of Transmittal with any required signature guarantees and
any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior
to the Expiration Date for any book-entry transfers.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Old Preferred Stock and (i) whose Old
Preferred Stock is not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their
Old Preferred Stock, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required
hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date, must tender their Old Preferred Stock and follow the guaranteed
delivery procedures. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made
by or through an Eligible Institution; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly
completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery (a "Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery") (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery),
setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Old Preferred Stock, the
certificate number or numbers of such Old Preferred Stock and the aggregate
liquidation preference of the Old Preferred Stock tendered, stating that the
tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five business days
after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof),
together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Preferred Stock (or a
confirmation of electronic delivery or book-entry delivery into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Depository) and any of the required documents will be
deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such
properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), as
well as all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal and the
certificate(s) representing all tendered Old Preferred Stock in proper form for
transfer (or a confirmation of electronic mail delivery or book-entry delivery
into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository), must be received by the
Exchange Agent within five business days after the Expiration Date. Any holder
of Old Preferred Stock who wishes to tender its Old Preferred Stock pursuant to
the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange
Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date.
CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, the Company will
not be required to issue New Preferred Stock in exchange for any properly
tendered Old Preferred Stock not previously accepted and may terminate the
Exchange Offer (by oral or written notice to the holders and by timely public
announcement communicated, unless otherwise required by applicable law or
regulation, by making a press release or other public announcement, or, at its
option, modify or otherwise amend the Exchange Offer, if any of the following
events occur:
1. there shall be threatened, instituted or pending any action or
proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have been
issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental
regulatory or administrative agency or commission (i) seeking to restrain
or prohibit the making or consummation of the Exchange Offer or any other
transaction contemplated by the Exchange Offer, or assessing or seeking any
damages as a result thereof, or (ii) resulting in a material delay in the
ability of the Company to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of
the Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or any statute,
rule, regulation, order or injunction shall be sought, proposed,
introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the Exchange Offer
or any of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer by any
government or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or any action
shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any government,
governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, that in the
sole judgment of the Company might directly or indirectly result in any of
the consequences referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or, in the sole
judgment of the
31
<PAGE> 37
Company, might result in the holders of New Preferred Stock having
obligations with respect to resales and transfers of New Preferred Stock
which are greater than those described in the interpretation of the
Commission referred to on the cover page of this Prospectus, or would
otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or
2. any change (or any development involving a prospective change)
shall have occurred or be threatened in the business, properties, assets,
liabilities, financial condition, operations, results of operations or
prospects of the Company, taken as a whole, that, in the sole judgment of
the Company is or may be adverse to the Company, or the Company shall have
become aware of facts that, in the sole judgment of the Company have or may
have adverse significance with respect to the value of the Old Preferred
Stock or the New Preferred Stock; which, in the sole judgment of the
Company in any case, and regardless of the circumstances (including any
action by the Company) giving rise to any such condition, makes it unlawful
to proceed with the Exchange Offer and/or with such acceptance for exchange
or with such exchange.
The Company expressly reserves the right to terminate the Exchange Offer
and not accept for exchange any Old Preferred Stock upon the occurrence of any
of the foregoing conditions (which represent all of the material conditions to
the acceptance by the Company of properly tendered Old Preferred Stock). In
addition, the Company may amend the Exchange Offer at any time prior to the
Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth above occur. Moreover,
regardless of whether any of such conditions has occurred, the Company may amend
the Exchange Offer in any manner which, in its good faith judgment, is
advantageous to holders of the Old Preferred Stock.
These conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be waived
by the Company, in whole or in part, in its sole discretion. Any determination
made by the Company that any of these conditions has occurred will be final and
binding on all holders of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, absent manifest error.
The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of shares of Old
Preferred Stock being tendered for exchange.
In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Preferred
Stock tendered, and no New Preferred Stock will be issued in exchange for any
such Old Preferred Stock, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or
in effect with respect to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
constitutes a part.
EXCHANGE AGENT
The Bank of New York, the Transfer Agent for the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock, has been appointed as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. All
executed Letters of Transmittal, questions and requests for assistance and
requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of
Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange Agent, addressed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
By Mail: By Hand or by Overnight Courier:
<S> <C>
The Bank of New York The Bank of New York
Tender and Exchange Department Tender and Exchange Department
P.O. Box 11248 101 Barclay Street
Church Street Station Receive & Deliver Window-Street Level
New York, NY 10286-1248 New York, NY 10286
By Facsimile:
(212)815-5915
Attention: Bob Massimillo
Confirm by telephone:
(800)507-9357
</TABLE>
DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF
INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A
VALID DELIVERY.
32
<PAGE> 38
SOLICITATION OF TENDERS; EXPENSES
The Company has not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in
connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers,
dealers or others for soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations in connection with the Exchange Offer other than those contained
in this Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. If given or made, such
information or representations should not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Company. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any
exchange made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication
that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since the respective
dates as of which information is given herein. The Exchange Offer is not being
made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Old
Preferred Stock in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or
the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such
jurisdiction. The Company may, however, at the reasonable request of any holder,
take such action as it may deem necessary to make the Exchange Offer in any such
jurisdiction and extend the Exchange Offer to holders of Old Preferred Stock in
such jurisdiction.
TRANSFER TAXES
Holders who tender their Old Preferred Stock in exchange for New Preferred
Stock will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith,
except that holders who instruct the Company to register New Preferred Stock in
the name of, or request that Old Preferred Stock not tendered or not accepted in
the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering
holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer taxes
thereon.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Preferred Stock
(other than those that were prohibited from participating in the Exchange Offer)
that did not tender their Old Preferred Stock will not have any registration
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to such non-tendered
Old Preferred Stock and, accordingly, such Old Preferred Stock will continue to
be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend thereon
(except that the Company will be required to file a shelf registration statement
in certain limited instances). In general, the Old Preferred Stock may not be
offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act and the applicable
state securities laws, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction
not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The
Company does not intend to register the Old Preferred Stock under the Securities
Act. Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission with respect to
similar transactions set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties
unrelated to the Company, the New Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Preferred Stock may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof who are not
"affiliates" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the New Preferred Stock is
acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business, such holders have no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution
(within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Preferred Stock and
neither the holders nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in
a distribution of the New Preferred Stock. If any holder has any arrangement or
understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Preferred Stock to be
acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the holder (i) could not rely on the
applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Preferred Stock for its own account in exchange for Old Preferred Stock must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
the New Preferred Stock. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply with
the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, the New Preferred
Stock may not be offered or sold unless it has been registered or qualified for
sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification is
available and is complied with. The Company has agreed under the Registration
Rights Agreement to
33
<PAGE> 39
register or qualify the New Preferred Stock for resale in any jurisdictions
requested by any holder, subject to certain limitations.
OTHER
Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary and holders should
carefully consider whether to accept. Holders of the Old Preferred Stock are
urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions
on what action to take.
Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Preferred Stock
that were not prohibited from participating in the Exchange Offer and did not
tender their Old Preferred Stock will not have any registration rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement with respect to such non-tendered Old Preferred
Stock and, accordingly, such Old Preferred Stock will continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend thereon (except that the
Company will be required to file a shelf registration statement in certain
limited instances).
The Company has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any
person to distribute the New Preferred Stock to be received in the Exchange
Offer and, as of the Expiration Date, to the best of the Company's information
and belief, each person participating in the Exchange Offer will be acquiring
the New Preferred Stock in its ordinary course of business and will not have any
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of the New Preferred Stock to be received in the Exchange Offer. In this regard,
the Company will make each person participating in the Exchange Offer aware
(through this Prospectus or otherwise) that if the Exchange Offer is being
registered for the purpose of secondary resale, any holder using the Exchange
Offer to participate in a distribution of New Preferred Stock to be acquired in
the registered Exchange Offer (i) may not rely on the staff position enunciated
in K-III Communications Corporation (available May 14, 1993), Morgan Stanley and
Co. Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holding Corp. (available May
13, 1988) or similar letters and (ii) must comply with registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction.
USE OF PROCEEDS
There will be no proceeds to the Company from the Exchange Offer.
34
<PAGE> 40
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth certain selected historical financial data
of the Company and its predecessor. The historical financial data for the
Company has been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of
the Company as of and for the periods ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995
and 1996. The historical financial data for the period January 1, 1992 through
August 14, 1992 relates to the Company's predecessor, IXC Carrier, Inc. ("IXC
Carrier" or the "Company's Predecessor"), and has been derived from unaudited
interim financial statements. The historical financial data for the Company for
the nine month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997 has also been derived
from unaudited interim financial statements. The unaudited interim financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals,
which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
position and the results of operations for such interim periods. Results of
operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results
of operations for the full year. The selected historical financial data set
forth below is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction
with, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations," "Business" and the Company's financial statements and the notes
thereto appearing in the Form 10-K and the Form 10-Qs which are incorporated by
reference herein and the other information included elsewhere in this Prospectus
or incorporated by reference herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE
COMPANY'S
PREDECESSOR THE COMPANY
----------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
JAN. 1 AUG. 15 NINE MONTHS ENDED
THROUGH THROUGH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
AUG. 14, DEC. 31, ---------------------------------------- -------------------
1992 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
----------- -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net operating revenues................ $ 42,081 $ 23,893 $ 71,123 $80,663 $ 91,001 $203,761 $130,273 $285,015
Operating expenses:
Cost of services.................... 26,116 13,588 37,823 33,896 39,852 143,469 91,017 227,021
Operations and administration....... 11,226 6,759 22,835 20,561 32,282 47,067 33,286 57,471
Depreciation and amortization....... 10,517 8,033 21,061 12,121 17,438 27,241 19,934 41,031
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income (loss)............... (5,778) (4,487) (10,596) 14,085 1,429 (14,016) (13,964) (40,508)
Interest income....................... 45 -- 215 211 468 2,838 1,473 4,436
Interest income in escrow under Senior
Notes............................... -- -- -- -- 2,552 7,404 6,441 203
Interest expense...................... (18,749) (1,398) (4,943) (6,105) (14,597) (37,076) (28,658) (23,720)
Other, net(1)......................... -- (2,000) (38,019) -- -- -- -- (1,757)
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated subsidiaries......... -- -- -- (94) 19 (1,961) (24) (13,668)
Benefit (provision) for income
taxes............................... (77) 2,847 21,977 (3,157) 1,693 5,981 5,699 41
Minority interests.................... -- 710 (446) 77 5,218 (618) (357) (503)
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
gain (loss)......................... (24,559) (4,328) (31,812) 5,017 (3,218) (37,448) (29,390) (75,476)
Extraordinary gain (loss)(2).......... -- -- 8,495 2,298 (1,747) -- -- --
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)..................... $ (24,559) $ (4,328) $(23,317) $ 7,315 $ (4,965) $(37,448) $(29,390) $(75,476)
======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ========
Income (loss) per common and common
equivalent share:
Before extraordinary gain (loss)............................ $ (1.39) $ .13 $ (.20) $ (1.39) $ (1.13) $ (2.76)
Extraordinary gain (loss)................................... .35 .09 (.07) -- -- --
-------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)........................................... $ (1.04) $ .22 $ (.27) $ (1.39) $ (1.13) $ (2.76)
======== ======= ======== ======== ======== ========
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares.......... 24,009 24,993 25,108 28,209 27,126 30,832
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(3)............................. $ 4,739 $ 3,546 $ 10,465 $26,206 $ 18,867 $ 13,225 5,970 523
Capital expenditures.................. 18 1,435 27,008 7,087 23,670 136,391 73,259 202,477
Ratio (deficiency) of earnings to
combined fixed charges and preferred
stock dividends(4).................. 1.4x (12,348) (47,355) (42,962) (88,902)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE COMPANY
---------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------------- SEPT. 30,
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
-------- ------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..................................... $ 2,746 $ 6,230 $ 6,048 $ 6,915 $ 61,340 $283,963
Cash held in escrow under Senior Notes........................ -- -- -- 198,266 51,412 --
Total assets.................................................. 117,741 94,281 105,409 336,475 459,151 889,873
Total debt and capital lease obligations...................... 32,891 59,954 69,124 298,794 302,281 303,719
Redeemable preferred stock.................................... -- 1,400 1,400 -- -- 391,930
Stockholders' equity (deficit)................................ 30,028 6,871 14,189 6,858 63,479 (17,109)
Book value per share of Exchangeable Preferred Stock.......... $ 1,000
</TABLE>
35
<PAGE> 41
- ---------------
(1) Includes a $38.0 million non-cash charge in 1993 relating to a write-down of
microwave equipment.
(2) The extraordinary items for all periods result from early extinguishment of
debt (involving a related party in 1994), including capital lease
obligations, net of applicable income taxes.
(3) EBITDA is operating income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization. EBITDA
for 1995 and subsequent periods includes the negative EBITDA of the
Company's switched long distance services business. The Company has included
information concerning EBITDA because it believes that EBITDA is used by
certain investors as one measure of an issuer's historical ability to
service its debt. EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with
GAAP, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures
of performance prepared in accordance with GAAP and is not necessarily
comparable with similarly titled measures for other companies.
(4) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges
and preferred stock dividends, earnings represent income before the
provision (benefit) for income taxes, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges
consist of interest expense, amortization of financing costs and the portion
of rental expense on operating leases which the Company estimates to be
representative of the interest factor attributable to the leases. Preferred
stock dividends consist of dividends on the Company's Series 3 Preferred
Stock, and dividends on the Company's Convertible Preferred Stock. As
adjusted for the sale of the Convertible Preferred Stock and the
Exchangeable Preferred Sale as if they had occurred on or before January 1,
1997, and assuming dividends are paid in cash at 7 1/4% on the Convertible
Preferred Stock and at 12 1/2% on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the
Company's earnings would have been insufficient to cover combined fixed
charges and preferred stock dividends by $115.2 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997. Additionally, additional dividends will accrue on
the Convertible Preferred Stock if the Company fails to comply with certain
of its obligations under the registration rights agreement relating thereto
or if, after March 31, 1999, the Company is not contractually permitted to
pay cash dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock. Additional dividends
will also accrue on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock if the Company fails to
comply with certain of its obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement.
36
<PAGE> 42
MANAGEMENT
The directors and executive officers of the Company and their ages as of
December 1, 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- --------------------- --- ------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Ralph J. Swett 63 Chairman and Director
Benjamin L. Scott 48 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Richard D. Irwin 62 Director
Wolfe H. Bragin 53 Director
Carl W. McKinzie 57 Director
Phillip L. Williams 75 Director
Joe C. Culp 64 Director
John R. Fleming 43 Executive Vice President
James F. Guthrie 53 Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President
David J. Thomas 47 Executive Vice President
Michael W. Vent 45 Executive Vice President
Jeffrey C. Smith 46 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Meri B. Braziel 33 Senior Vice President of Marketing
Stuart K. Coppens 49 Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
</TABLE>
Each director holds office until his successor has been elected and
qualified. Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
Mr. Swett has served as Chairman of IXC Communications since its formation
in July 1992 and as Chief Executive Officer and President of IXC Communications
from July 1992 to October 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Swett served as Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Communications Transmission, Inc.
("CTI") from 1986 to 1992. From 1969 to 1986, Mr. Swett served in increasingly
senior positions (Vice President, President and Chairman) of Times Mirror Cable
Television ("TMCT"), a subsidiary of The Times Mirror Company ("Times Mirror")
and a previous owner of IXC Carrier, and as a Vice President of Times Mirror
from 1981 to 1986. Mr. Swett has served as Chairman of IXC Carrier since 1979,
its Chief Executive Officer from 1986 to October 1997 and its President from
1991 to October 1997. Mr. Swett has managed communications businesses for the
past 26 years. Mr. Swett ceased to serve as the President and Chief Executive
Officer of IXC Communications during October 1997 upon the beginning of the
employment of Benjamin L. Scott. Mr. Swett will continue to serve as the
Chairman of IXC Communications through its next annual meeting of stockholders.
Mr. Scott has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of IXC
Communications and a member of the Board of Directors since October 1997. Prior
to that, Mr. Scott served as President and Chief Executive Officer of PrimeCo
Personal Communications, L.P., a joint venture among Bell Atlantic, US West and
Airtouch, from 1995 until September 30, 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Scott served as
an officer of Bell Atlantic from 1991 to 1995, including as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Bell Atlantic International Wireless. Prior to that, Mr.
Scott was employed by AT&T from 1971 through 1991, with his last position being
President and Chief Executive Officer of AT&T Canada.
Mr. Irwin has served as a director of IXC Communications since its
formation in July 1992. He has served as the President of Grumman Hill Company,
L.L.C. or its predecessor ("Grumman Hill"), a merchant banking firm and the
general partner of GHI, since 1985. Prior to the formation of Grumman Hill, Mr.
Irwin was a Managing Director of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., from 1983 to 1985.
Prior to that, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Fotomat Corporation for
12 years. Mr. Irwin is also a member of the Board of Directors of PharmChem
Laboratories, Inc. and was the Chairman of ALC from August 1988 through August
1995.
Mr. Bragin has served as a director of IXC Communications since May 1993.
Mr. Bragin has served since 1985 as Vice President of GEIC, a subsidiary of GE
that acts as an investment advisor to GEPT. Prior to joining GEIC in 1984, Mr.
Bragin served in numerous equipment leasing, investment and portfolio
37
<PAGE> 43
management positions for GE Credit Corporation, now known as GE Capital
Corporation. Mr. Bragin is a member of the Board of Directors of a number of
private companies.
Mr. McKinzie has served as a director of IXC Communications since May 1993.
Mr. McKinzie has been a principal of Riordan & McKinzie, a Professional Law
Corporation ("Riordan & McKinzie"), since 1980.
Mr. Williams was elected a director of IXC Communications in June 1996. Mr.
Williams has been a private investor and business advisor since May 1993. Prior
to that, Mr. Williams served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Times Mirror from
1987 to May 1993. Mr. Williams is a member of the Board of Directors of Tejon
Ranch Company.
Mr. Culp was elected a director of IXC Communications in June 1996. Mr.
Culp has been President of Culp Communications Associates, a management and
marketing consulting firm, since 1990. From 1989 to 1990, Mr. Culp served as
Executive Vice President of CTI. Prior to that, Mr. Culp served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Lightnet, Inc. from 1988 to 1989 and as President of
Rockwell International's Telecommunications Group from 1982 until 1988. Mr. Culp
has over 40 years of experience in the communications industry. Mr. Culp is a
director of Multimedia Access Corporation and Crosskeys System Corporation.
Mr. Fleming has served as Executive Vice President of IXC Communications
since March 1996 and as Senior Vice President of IXC Communications from October
1994 through March 1996. He served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing of
IXC Communications from its formation in July 1992 until October 1994. Prior to
that, Mr. Fleming served as Director of Business Development and Director of
Carrier Sales of CTI from 1986 to March 1990 and as Vice President -- Marketing
and Sales of CTI from March 1990 to July 1992. Mr. Fleming was a Branch Manager
for Satellite Business Systems from 1983 to 1986. Mr. Fleming has been employed
with IXC Carrier since 1986 and a Vice President of IXC Carrier since 1990. Mr.
Fleming has over 16 years of experience in the telecommunications industry.
Mr. Guthrie has served as Chief Financial Officer of IXC Communications
since July 1997, as Executive Vice President of IXC Communications since March
1996 and as Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning of IXC Communications from
December 1995 through March 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Guthrie served as Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Times Mirror from 1993 to 1995 and as
the Chief Financial Officer of TMCT from 1982 to 1993.
Mr. Thomas has served as Executive Vice President of IXC Communications
since March 1996 and as Senior Vice President of IXC Communications from August
1995 through March 1996. He was employed with ALC Communications Corporation
("ALC") from 1983 to 1995, serving as Vice President from 1991 to 1995 and as
Treasurer from 1989 to 1995. Mr. Thomas has over 14 years of experience in the
telecommunications industry.
Mr. Vent was elected Executive Vice President of IXC Communications
effective April 1, 1997 and has served as Senior Vice President -- Network
Planning and Implementation from December 1996 through March 1997. Prior to
that, Mr. Vent served as Vice President and General Manager of Broadband
Services of IXC Communications from October 1995 through November 1996 and Vice
President and General Manager of Switch Services of IXC Communications from
October 1994 through September 1995. Mr. Vent served as Vice President of
Management Information Systems and Network Services of WCT Communications, Inc.
from September 1993 through August 1994, and Vice President and Chief
Information Officer of Advanced Technologies of Progressive Communications
Technology, Inc. from August 1992 through August 1993. He was employed by MCI
from 1979 through July 1992, serving as Director of Network and Computer
Operations from January 1990 through July 1992. Mr. Vent has over 22 years of
experience in the telecommunications industry.
Mr. Smith has served as Senior Vice President of IXC Communications since
September 1997 and as General Counsel and Secretary of IXC Communications since
January 1997. He served as Vice President of IXC Communications from January
1997 until September 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Smith served as Vice President
Planning and Development for Times Mirror Training, a subsidiary of Times
Mirror, from August 1994 to December 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Smith was employed
by Times Mirror from 1985 through
38
<PAGE> 44
August 1994, and served in a variety of legal capacities, including five years
as General Counsel to the Baltimore Sun newspaper, with his last position being
Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. Prior to 1985, Mr. Smith was
employed for seven years in private law practice as a trial and business
attorney.
Ms. Braziel has served as Senior Vice President of Marketing of IXC
Communications since September 1997 and as Vice President of Marketing of IXC
Communications since November 1994. Prior to that, Ms. Braziel was employed by
Sprint International Communications Corporation, a subsidiary of Sprint, from
1988 through October 1994, with her last position being head of voice operations
for Sprint in Moscow. Ms. Braziel has over 10 years of experience in the
telecommunications industry.
Mr. Coppens has served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting
Officer of IXC Communications since July 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Coppens was
employed by Times Mirror and served as Chief Financial Officer of Matthew Bender
& Company, a subsidiary of Times Mirror from February 1996 to June 1997, as
Chief Accounting Officer of Times Mirror from April 1994 to February 1996, as
Vice President of Finance of Richard D. Irwin, Inc., a subsidiary of Times
Mirror from September 1991 to April 1994, as Director of Accounting of TMCT from
October 1983 to September 1991 and as an Audit Supervisor at Times Mirror from
October 1981 to October 1983.
NEW EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT AND STOCK PLAN
IXC Communications recently entered into an employment agreement with
Benjamin L. Scott for a term of five years pursuant to which Mr. Scott serves as
President and Chief Executive Officer of IXC Communications. Mr. Scott also
became a member of the Board of Directors upon the commencement of his
employment with IXC Communications which occurred on October 9, 1997 (the
"Commencement Date"). It is anticipated that Mr. Scott will also become the
Chairman of the Board of IXC Communications within 30 days following IXC
Communications' 1998 annual meeting of stockholders.
Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Scott is entitled to
an annual base salary of $350,000, subject to adjustment in accordance with IXC
Communications' policies and procedures, and an annual bonus of $225,000 for his
first year of service. Thereafter, annual bonuses, if approved by the Board of
Directors, are anticipated to be one-half or more of his base salary if Mr.
Scott achieves or exceeds certain performance goals. Mr. Scott's employment
agreement also provides for a signing bonus of $650,000, $350,000 of which was
paid to Mr. Scott on the Commencement Date and $300,000 of which will be paid on
January 1, 1999. Mr. Scott was also granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares
of Common Stock at a price of $27.50 per share vesting over a five-year period
in connection with his employment agreement under IXC Communications' 1997
Special Executive Stock Plan which was adopted in September 1997 and covers an
aggregate of 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Mr. Scott's option will become
fully vested if Mr. Scott is terminated without cause or if a change in control
(as defined in his employment agreement) occurs pursuant to the terms of his
employment agreement. Mr. Scott is also entitled to receive certain severance
and relocation benefits as described in his employment agreement.
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Certificate of
Designation and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. The terms of the New Preferred
Stock are identical in all material respects to the terms of the Old Preferred
Stock (aggregate liquidation preference, dividend rate, mandatory redemption and
ranking), except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights
relating to the Old Preferred Stock. The New Preferred Stock, like the Old
Preferred Stock, is governed by the Certificate of Designation. A copy of the
Certificate of Designation and the form of Exchangeable Preferred Stock is
available upon request to the Company at the address set forth under "Available
Information." The following summary of certain provisions of the Certificate of
Designation does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Certificate of
Designation. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used but not defined
in the following summary are set forth under "Description of the Exchange
Debentures -- Certain Definitions." Other capitalized terms used but not defined
herein and not
39
<PAGE> 45
otherwise defined under "Description of the Exchange Debentures -- Certain
Definitions" are defined in the Certificate of Designation.
GENERAL
Subject to certain conditions, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be
exchangeable for the Exchange Debentures at the option of the Company on any
scheduled Dividend Payment Date on or after the date of issuance of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock. When issued, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock will
be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock will have no preemptive or preferential right to purchase or
subscribe to stock, obligations, warrants, or other securities of the Company of
any class. The Old Preferred Stock is eligible for trading in the PORTAL Market.
RANKING
The Exchangeable Preferred Stock, with respect to dividend rights and
rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, ranks: (i) senior to all
classes of common stock and to each other class of Capital Stock or series of
Preferred Stock established hereafter by the Board of Directors the terms of
which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior to, or on a parity with, the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation,
winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to, together
with all classes of common stock of the Company, as "Junior Stock"); (ii)
subject to certain conditions, on a parity with the Convertible Preferred Stock
and each other class of Capital Stock or series of Preferred Stock established
hereafter by the Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly provide that
such class or series will rank on a parity with the Exchangeable Preferred Stock
as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution
(collectively referred to as "Parity Stock"); and (iii) subject to certain
conditions, junior to the Series 3 Preferred Stock and each class of Capital
Stock or series of Preferred Stock established hereafter by the Board of
Directors, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will
rank senior to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights
upon liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively
referred to as "Senior Stock").
The holders of Series 3 Preferred Stock, subject to the terms of the
Restated Certificate, are entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1,000
per share, plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends, and the
Company may voluntarily redeem the Series 3 Preferred Stock for $1,000 per
share, plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends. In addition,
the holders of Series 3 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive annual
dividends, subject to the limitations of the Restated Certificate, in an amount
equal to $100 per share, plus an amount determined by applying a 10% annual rate
compounded annually, to any accrued but unpaid dividend amount from the last day
of the period when such dividend accrues to the actual date of payment.
Cumulative dividends, including accrued but unpaid interest, with respect to
Series 3 Preferred Stock, as of November 1, 1997, were approximately $.3
million. All accrued dividends on the Series 3 Preferred Stock must be paid in
cash before the Company can pay any cash dividends in respect of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock.
While any shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock are outstanding, the
Company may not authorize, create or increase the authorized amount of any class
or series of stock that ranks senior to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock with
respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up without the consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock. However, without the consent
of any holder of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Company may create additional
classes of stock, increase the authorized number of shares of preferred stock or
issue series of a stock that ranks junior to or on parity with the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock with respect, in each case, to the payment of dividends and
amounts upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up. See "-- Voting Rights."
DIVIDENDS
The holders of shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be entitled to
receive, when, as and if dividends are declared by the Board of Directors out of
funds of the Company legally available therefor, cumulative preferential
dividends from the Issue Date of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock accruing at
the
40
<PAGE> 46
rate per share of 12 1/2% per annum (subject to increase as set forth under
"-- Change of Control"), payable quarterly in arrears on each of February 15,
May 15, August 15 and November 15 or, if any such date is not a Business Day, on
the next succeeding Business Day (each, a "Dividend Payment Date"), to the
holders of record as of the next preceding February 1, May 1, August 1 and
November 1. Dividends will be payable in cash, except that on each Dividend
Payment Date occurring on or prior to February 15, 2001, dividends may be paid,
at the Company's option, by the issuance of additional shares of Exchangeable
Preferred Stock (including fractional shares) having an aggregate Liquidation
Preference equal to the amount of such dividends. The issuance of such
additional shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock will constitute "payment" of
the related dividend for all purposes of the Certificate of Designation. The
first dividend payment of Exchangeable Preferred Stock was paid as of November
15, 1997. Dividends payable on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be computed
on a basis of the 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and will be
deemed to accrue on a daily basis.
Dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock will accrue whether or not
the Company has earnings or profits, whether or not there are funds legally
available for the payment of such dividends and whether or not dividends are
declared. Dividends will accumulate to the extent they are not paid on the
Dividend Payment Date for the period to which they relate. The Certificate of
Designation will provide that the Company will take all actions required or
permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") to permit the
payment of dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, including, without
limitation, through the revaluation of its assets in accordance with the DGCL,
to make or keep funds legally available for the payment of dividends.
No dividend whatsoever shall be declared or paid upon, or any sum set apart
for the payment of dividends upon, any outstanding share of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock with respect to any dividend period unless all dividends for all
preceding dividend periods have been declared and paid or declared and a
sufficient sum set apart for the payment of such dividend, upon all outstanding
shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
Except as provided in the next sentence, no dividend will be declared or
paid on any Parity Stock unless full cumulative dividends have been paid on the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock for all prior dividend periods. If accrued
dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock for all prior dividend periods
have not been paid in full then any dividend declared on the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock for any dividend period and on any Parity Stock will be declared
ratably in proportion to accrued and unpaid dividends on the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock.
The Company will not (i) declare, pay or set apart funds for the payment of
any dividend or other distribution with respect to any Junior Stock or (ii)
redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Junior Stock through
a sinking fund or otherwise, unless (A) all accrued and unpaid dividends with
respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock at the time
such dividends are payable have been paid or funds have been set apart for
payment of such dividends and (B) sufficient funds have been paid or set apart
for the payment of the dividend for the current dividend period with respect to
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock.
41
<PAGE> 47
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to August 15,
2002. Thereafter, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be redeemable, at the
Company's option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail
to each Holder's registered address, at the following redemption prices
(expressed in percentages of the Liquidation Preference thereof), plus
accumulated and unpaid dividends (including an amount in cash equal to a
prorated dividend for any partial dividend period), if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing on August 15 of the years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD REDEMPTION PRICE
------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C>
2002......................................................... 106.250%
2003......................................................... 105.000
2004......................................................... 103.750
2005......................................................... 102.500
2006......................................................... 101.250
2007 and thereafter.......................................... 100.000
</TABLE>
In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to August 15, 2000,
the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the outstanding shares of
Exchangeable Preferred Stock with the proceeds of one or more Public Equity
Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of the Liquidation
Preference thereof) of 112.5% plus accumulated and unpaid dividends (including
an amount in cash equal to a prorated dividend for any partial dividend period);
provided, however, that at least $195.0 million aggregate Liquidation Preference
of Exchangeable Preferred Stock remains outstanding after each such redemption.
In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock for redemption will be made on a pro rata basis.
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
On August 15, 2009, the Company will be required to redeem (subject to the
legal availability of funds therefor) all outstanding shares of Exchangeable
Preferred Stock at a price in cash equal to the Liquidation Preference thereof,
plus accumulated and unpaid dividends (including an amount in cash equal to a
prorated dividend for any partial dividend period), if any, to the date of
redemption. The Company will not be required to make sinking fund payments with
respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. The Certificate of Designation will
provide that the Company will take all actions required or permitted under
Delaware law to permit such redemption.
EXCHANGE
The Company may, at its option, subject to certain conditions, on any
scheduled Dividend Payment Date, exchange the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, in
whole but not in part, for the Exchange Debentures; provided, however, that: (i)
on the date of such exchange there are no accumulated and unpaid dividends on
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock (including the dividend payable on such date)
or other contractual impediments to such exchange; (ii) there shall be funds
legally available sufficient therefor; (iii) immediately after giving effect to
such exchange, no Default (as defined in the Exchange Indenture) shall have
occurred and be continuing; and (iv) the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee under the Exchange Indenture an opinion of counsel with respect to the
due authorization and issuance of the Exchange Debentures. The exchange of the
Exchange Debentures is limited by the terms of the Company's Senior Notes and
Series 3 Preferred Stock.
Upon any exchange pursuant to the preceding paragraph, holders of
outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive,
subject to the second succeeding sentence, $1.00 principal amount of Exchange
Debentures for each $1.00 liquidation preference of Exchangeable Preferred Stock
held by them. The Exchange Debentures will be issued in registered form, without
coupons. Exchange Debentures issued in exchange for Exchangeable Preferred Stock
will be issued in principal amounts of $1,000 and integral
42
<PAGE> 48
multiples thereof to the extent possible, and will also be issued in principal
amounts less that $1,000 so that each holder of Exchangeable Preferred Stock
will receive certificates representing the entire amount of Exchange Debentures
to which such holder's shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock entitle such
holder; provided, however, that the Company may pay cash in lieu of issuing an
Exchange Debenture in a principal amount less than $1,000. The Company will send
a written notice of exchange by mail to each holder of record of shares of
Exchangeable Preferred Stock not fewer than 30 days nor more than 60 days before
the date fixed for such exchange. On and after the Exchange Date, dividends will
cease to accrue on the outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, and
all rights of the holders of Exchangeable Preferred Stock (except the right to
receive the Exchange Debentures, an amount in cash, to the extent applicable,
equal to the accumulated and unpaid dividends to the exchange date and, if the
Company so elects, cash in lieu of any Exchange Debenture that is in a principal
amount that is not an integral multiple of $1,000) will terminate. The person
entitled to receive the Exchange Debentures issuable upon such exchange will be
treated for all purposes as the registered holder of such Exchange Debentures.
See "Description of the Exchange Debentures."
LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
the Company, each holder of Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be entitled to be
paid, out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to
stockholders, an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference per share of
Exchangeable Preferred Stock held by such holder, plus accumulated and unpaid
dividends thereon to the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution or winding-up
before any distribution is made on any Junior Stock, including, without
limitation, common stock of the Company. If, upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the amounts payable with
respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock are not
paid in full, the holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and the Parity
Stock will share equally and ratably in any distribution of assets of the
Company in proportion to the full liquidation preference and accumulated and
unpaid dividends to which each is entitled. After payment of the full amount of
the Liquidation Preference and accumulated and unpaid dividends to which they
are entitled, the holders of shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock will not be
entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of the
Company. However, neither the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash,
shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all
of the property or assets of the Company nor the consolidation or merger of the
Company with one or more entities shall be deemed to be a liquidation,
dissolution or winding-up of the Company.
The Certificate of Designation will not contain any provision requiring
funds to be set aside to protect the Liquidation Preference of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, although such Liquidation Preference will be substantially in
excess of the par value of such shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
VOTING RIGHTS
The holders of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, except as otherwise required
under Delaware law or as provided in the Certificate of Designation, shall not
be entitled or permitted to vote on any matter required or permitted to be voted
upon by the stockholders of the Company.
The Certificate of Designation provides that: if (i) dividends on the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock are in arrears and unpaid for six or more Dividend
Periods (whether or not consecutive); (ii) the Company fails to redeem the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock on August 15, 2009, or fails to otherwise discharge
any redemption obligation with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock;
(iii) a breach or violation of any of the provisions described under the caption
"-- Certain Covenants" occurs and the breach or violation continues for a period
of 30 days or more after the Company receives notice thereof specifying the
default from the holders of at least 25% of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred
Stock then outstanding; or (iv) the Company fails to pay at final maturity
(giving effect to any applicable grace period) the principal amount of any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (other than any
Permitted PSINet Non-Recourse Debt) or the final maturity of any such
Indebtedness is accelerated because of a default and the total amount of such
Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $5 million, then the holders of the
outstanding shares of
43
<PAGE> 49
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, voting together as a class with the holders of any
other series of preferred stock upon which like rights have been conferred and
are exercisable, will be entitled to elect two additional members to the Board
of Directors to serve on the Board of Directors, and the number of members of
the Board of Directors will be immediately and automatically increased by two.
Such voting rights of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock will continue until such
time as, in the case of a dividend default, all dividends in arrears on the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock are paid in full in cash and, in all other cases,
any failure, breach or default giving rise to such voting rights is remedied or
waived by the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Exchangeable
Preferred Stock then outstanding, at which time the term of any directors
elected pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (subject to the right of
holders of any other preferred stock to elect such directors) shall terminate.
Each such event described in clauses (i) through (v) above is referred to herein
as a "Voting Rights Triggering Event."
The Certificate of Designation also provides that the Company will not
authorize any class of Senior Stock without the affirmative vote or consent of
holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock
then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as one class. In
addition, the Certificate of Designation provides that the Company may not
authorize the issuance of any additional shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock
without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of
the then outstanding shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, voting or
consenting, as the case may be, as one class. Further, the Certificate of
Designation also provides that, except as set forth above, (a) the creation,
authorization or issuance of any shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or Senior
Stock, including the designation of a series thereof within the existing class
of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, or (b) the increase or decrease in the amount
of authorized Capital Stock of any class, including any preferred stock, shall
not require the consent of the holders of Exchangeable Preferred Stock and shall
not be deemed to affect adversely the rights, preferences, privileges or voting
rights of shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Certificate of Designation provides that upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control, the Company shall either (i) offer to repurchase the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
Liquidation Preference thereof plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, to
the date of purchase, as described below or (ii) notify such holders of the
Company's election not to make such offer, in which case the dividend rate on
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock shall be reset as described below.
In the event the Company determines to make an offer to repurchase shares
of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, then within 30 days following any Change of
Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder stating: (1) that a
Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the
Company to purchase such Holder's Exchangeable Preferred Stock at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate Liquidation Preference thereof plus
accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, thereon to the date of purchase; (2)
the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control (including
information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and
capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control); (3) the purchase
date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the
date such notice is mailed); and (4) the instructions determined by the Company,
consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in
order to have its Exchangeable Preferred Stock purchased.
In the event the Company notifies the holders of Exchangeable Preferred
Stock of its election not to make the offer described above, then, within 60
days of the occurrence of the Change of Control, holders of a majority of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock will designate an Independent Financial Advisor to
determine, within 20 days of such designation, in the opinion of such firm, the
appropriate dividend rate that the Exchangeable Preferred Stock should bear so
that, after such reset, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock would have a market
value of 101% of the liquidation preference; provided, however, that no such
reset shall be required to be made if such Independent Financial Advisor
determines that the Exchangeable Preferred Stock has a market value of 101% or
greater. If within 5 days of the designation of an Independent Financial Advisor
by the holders, the Company determines that such Independent Financial Advisor
is reasonably unacceptable to the Company, the Company shall designate a second
Independent Financial Advisor to determine, within 15 days of such designation,
in its opinion, such an appropriate reset dividend rate for the Exchangeable
44
<PAGE> 50
Preferred Stock. In the event that the two Independent Financial Advisors cannot
agree, within 25 days of the designation of an Independent Financial Advisor by
the holders of a majority of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, on the
appropriate reset dividend rate, the two Independent Financial Advisors shall,
within 10 days of such 25th day, designate a third Independent Financial
Advisor, which, within 15 days of designation, will determine, in its opinion,
an appropriate reset dividend rate which is between the two rates selected by
the first two Independent Financial Advisors. Upon the determination of the
reset rate, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock shall accrue and accumulate
dividends at the reset rate as of the date of occurrence of the Change of
Control; provided, however, that the reset rate shall in no event be less than
12 1/2% per annum (the initial dividend rate on the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock) or greater than 15% per annum. The reasonable fees and expenses,
including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel, if any, and customary
indemnification, of each of the three above-referenced Independent Financial
Advisors shall be borne by the Company.
A Change of Control will be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of
any of the following events (each a "Change of Control"):
(i) Any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes
the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (i) such person shall
be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person
has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or
only after the passage of time, and except that any person that is deemed
to have beneficial ownership of shares solely as a result of being part of
a group pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) shall not be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of any shares held by a Permitted Holder forming a part of such
group), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power
of the Voting Stock of the Company (for the purposes of this clause (i),
such other person shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a
specified corporation held by a parent corporation, if such other person is
the beneficial owner (as defined in this clause (i)), directly or
indirectly, of more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of
such parent corporation and the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as
defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or
indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the voting power of the
Voting Stock of such parent corporation and do not have the right or
ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for
election a majority of the board of directors of such parent corporation);
(ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at
the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together
with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose
nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by
a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office
who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election
or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason
to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office;
provided, however, that any directors elected by holders of Preferred Stock
pursuant to any voting rights provisions included in the certificate of
designation relating to such Preferred Stock shall be excluded in making
any determination pursuant to this clause (ii); or
(iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another
Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company, or the
sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to another
Person (other than a Person that is controlled by the Permitted Holders),
and, in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the securities of the
Company that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and
which represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Company are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property,
unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or
exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the
surviving corporation that represent immediately after such transaction, at
least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the
surviving corporation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to
have occurred if, after such event that otherwise would constitute a Change of
Control, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock are rated Investment Grade by Moody's
or Standard & Poor's on the 30th day following the event that otherwise would
45
<PAGE> 51
constitute a Change of Control (the "Change of Control Determination Date");
provided, however, that to the extent there is a "rating watch" with respect to
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock or other rating agency review on such 30th day,
then the Change of Control Determination Date shall be the first Business Day
thereafter on which the Exchange Debentures are not subject to a "rating watch"
or other rating agency review by either Moody's or Standard & Poor's. The term
"Investment Grade", for such purpose, means a rating of Baa3 or higher in the
case of Moody's, or BBB- or higher in the case of Standard & Poor's.
The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or
regulations in connection with the purchase of Exchangeable Preferred Stock
pursuant to the covenant described hereunder. To the extent that the provisions
of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the
covenant described hereunder, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue thereof.
The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between
the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Company has no present intention to
engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible
that the Company would decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations
discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into transactions,
including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not
constitute a Change of Control, but that could increase the amount of
indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Company's capital
structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the ability of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness are contained in the
covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness."
Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. Except
for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Certificate of
Designation will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders
of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock protection in the event of a highly
leveraged transaction.
The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains, and future indebtedness
of the Company may contain, prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events
that would constitute a Change of Control or require such indebtedness to be
repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the Company's ability to pay
cash to the holders of Exchangeable Preferred Stock following the occurrence of
a Change of Control may be limited by the Company's then existing financial
resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available
when necessary to make any repurchases. In the event a Change of Control occurs
at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Exchangeable Preferred
Stock, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to make such purchase,
or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibitions. If
the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Company
would be required to elect to utilize the reset provision described herein.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Certificate of Designation contains covenants including, among others,
the following:
Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not Incur, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to Incur, directly or indirectly, any
Indebtedness unless, on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma
effect thereto (including pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom)
and to any other Indebtedness Incurred or repaid since the end of the period
referred to below and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof,
either (i) the Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio for the Company's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is
Incurred would have been not more than 5 to 1, or (ii) the Company's
Consolidated Capital Ratio as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for
which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date
on which such Indebtedness is Incurred is less than 2.0 to 1.0.
46
<PAGE> 52
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur any or all of the following Indebtedness:
(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to one or more Credit Agreements;
provided, however, that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness then outstanding does not
exceed the greater of (A) $150,000,000 and (B) 85% of the book value of the
Accounts Receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of
any Capital Stock which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be
a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness
(other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be
deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by
the issuer thereof;
(3) the Exchange Debentures and the New Exchange Debentures (including
Exchange Debentures or New Exchange Debentures issued in lieu of cash
interest payments with respect to Exchange Debentures or New Exchange
Debentures);
(4) Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date (other than
Indebtedness described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this covenant);
(5) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (3) or (4) or this clause
(5);
(6) Hedging Obligations consisting of Interest Rate Agreements
directly related to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of
Designation;
(7) Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case Incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(8) In the event that the PSINet Shares are held by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, the Incurrence by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary of Permitted PSINet Non-Recourse Debt; and
(9) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding which, together with the amount of all other Indebtedness of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of such
Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by clauses (1) - (8) above
and paragraph (a)), does not exceed 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not Incur any
Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (b) if the proceeds thereof are
used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless
such Indebtedness would be subordinated to the Exchange Debentures to at least
the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant, (i)
in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion,
will classify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and (ii) an
item of Indebtedness may be divided and classified in more than one of the types
of Indebtedness described above.
Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay
any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of, in the case of the
Company, any Junior Stock or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, any
Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) or similar payment to the direct or
indirect holders of any such Stock (other than dividends or distributions
payable solely in Junior Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and dividends or
distributions to the extent paid
47
<PAGE> 53
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and other than pro rata dividends or
other distributions made by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a
Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation)), (ii) purchase, redeem
or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Junior Stock of the Company or any
Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, or (iii) make any
investment in any Person (other than a Permitted Investment) (any such dividend,
distribution, purchase, redemption, other acquisition, retirement or investment
being herein referred to as a "Restricted Payment") if at the time the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: (1) a Voting Rights
Triggering Event shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
therefrom); (2) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under
"-- Limitation on Indebtedness;" or (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted
Payment and all other Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the
sum of:
(A) an amount equal to the Cumulative Operating Cash Flow for the
period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first
full fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the
Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment less 1.50
times the Company's Cumulative Consolidated Interest expense for such
period;
(B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the
issuance or sale of its Parity Stock and Junior Stock (in each case other
than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an
issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than an issuance
or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees);
(C) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the
Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a
Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness
of the Company convertible or exchangeable for Parity Stock or Junior Stock
(in each case other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the
amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by
the Company upon such conversion or exchange); and
(D) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net reduction in Investments
in any Person resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or
other transfers of assets (but excluding such interest, dividends,
repayments, advances or other transfers of assets to the extent any such
item increases Consolidated Net Income), in each case to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from any Person (including, without limitation, from
Unrestricted Subsidiaries), and (ii) the portion (proportionate to the
Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted
Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Person (including
any Unrestricted Subsidiary), the amount of Investments previously made
(and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Person.
(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit:
(i) any Restricted Payment made out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale of, or any acquisition of any Parity Stock or
Junior Stock of the Company made by exchange for, other Parity Stock or
Junior Stock, as the case may be, of the Company (in each case other than
Disqualified Stock and other than Parity Stock or Junior Stock issued or
sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or
to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the
benefit of their employees); provided, however, that (A) such Restricted
Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale shall be excluded
from the calculation of amounts under clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) above;
(ii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration
thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied
with this covenant; provided, however, that at the time of payment of such
dividend, no other Voting Rights Triggering Event shall have occurred and
be continuing (or result
48
<PAGE> 54
therefrom); provided further, however, that such dividend shall be included
in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; or
(iii) the repurchase or other acquisition of shares of, or options to
purchase shares of, common stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such
employees, former employees, directors or former directors), pursuant to
the terms of the agreements (including employment agreements) or plans (or
amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors under which such
individuals purchase or sell or are granted the option to purchase or sell,
shares of such common stock; provided, however, that the aggregate amount
of such repurchases and other acquisitions shall not exceed $1,000,000 in
any calendar year; provided further, however, that such repurchases and
other acquisitions shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments.
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital
Stock to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to
the Company, (b) make any loans or advances to the Company or (c) transfer any
of its property or assets to the Company, except:
(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect
at or entered into on the Issue Date;
(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred
by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness
Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds
or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of
related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on
such date;
(iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement
referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this covenant or this clause (iii) or
contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or
(ii) of this covenant or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the
encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary
contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no less
favorable to the holders of Exchangeable Preferred Stock than encumbrances
and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in
such predecessor agreements;
(iv) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary
non-assignment provisions in leases governing leasehold interests to the
extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease or the property
leased thereunder;
(v) in the case of clause (c) above, restrictions contained in IRU
Agreements, security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness or other
obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions
restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements
or mortgages;
(vi) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed
pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary
pending the closing of such sale or disposition; and
(vii) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in the PSINet
Agreement.
Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. (a) The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any
transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property,
employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with any
Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless (i) such Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an
unrelated Person and (ii) the
49
<PAGE> 55
Company delivers to the Transfer Agent (a) with respect to any Affiliate
Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1,000,000 a
resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and
that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors and (b) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$10,000,000, other than transactions with GE Capital Communication and Excluded
PSINet Transactions, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an investment banking firm of national standing.
(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit (i)
any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to the covenant described
under "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments," (ii) any issuance of securities,
or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant
to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock
ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors, (iii) the grant of stock
options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company pursuant to
plans approved by the Board of Directors, (iv) loans or advances to employees in
the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, but in any event not to exceed $500,000
in the aggregate outstanding at any one time, (v) any employment or consulting
arrangement or agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past
practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (vi) the payment of
reasonable fees to directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries who
are not employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (vii) any
Affiliate Transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between
Restricted Subsidiaries, (viii) transactions in connection with Permitted
Businesses between the Company and GE Capital Communication, (ix) transactions
between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary specifically contemplated by
the PSINet Agreement and (x) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Affiliate Transactions shall not include any transaction involving the sale,
purchase, repurchase, redemption, transfer, exchange or other acquisition or
disposition of Senior Notes, Convertible Preferred Stock or Exchangeable
Preferred Stock by or from, or the payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on, or liquidation preference of and dividends on, any Senior
Notes, Convertible Preferred Stock or Exchangeable Preferred Stock, as the case
may be, to any Affiliate of the Company or any Affiliate of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that such transaction is offered
substantially concurrently to all other holders of Senior Notes, Convertible
Preferred Stock or Exchangeable Preferred Stock, as the case may be, on the same
terms and conditions; provided further, however, that such transaction is
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors,
other than transactions in connection with the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on, or liquidation preference of and dividends on,
Senior Notes, Convertible Preferred Stock or the Exchangeable Preferred Stock,
as the case may be, pursuant to the provisions of the indenture or certificate
of designation governing the payment of interest and principal, dividends and
liquidation preference, redemption, repurchases from the proceeds of an asset
disposition and repurchases upon a change of control.
Merger and Consolidation. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge
with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: (i)
the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor Company") shall be
a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America,
any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not
the Company) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock and the Certificate of Designation; (ii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, (iii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under
"-- Limitation on Indebtedness;" and (iv) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction, the Successor Company shall have Consolidated Net Worth in an
amount that is not less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction; and (v) the Company shall have delivered
to the Transfer Agent an Officers' Certificate, stating that such consolidation,
merger or transfer and such assumption (if any) comply with the Certificate of
Designations.
50
<PAGE> 56
SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the holders of Exchangeable
Preferred Stock with such annual reports and such information, documents and
other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and
applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information,
documents and other reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified
for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections.
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
Except as set forth in the next paragraph, the Old Preferred Stock was
issued in the form of a Global Security. The Global Security was deposited on
the date of closing of the sale of the Old Preferred Stock with, or on behalf
of, the Depository and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the
Depository (such nominee being referred to as the "Global Security Holder").
Shares of Old Preferred Stock that were issued as described below under
"Certificated Exchangeable Preferred Stock" were issued in definitive form (the
"Certificated Securities"). Upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer, all
requirements that the Old Preferred Stock be issued in global form will cease to
apply and Certificated Exchangeable Preferred Stock with a restricted securities
legend will be available to holders of such Old Preferred Stock that do not
exchange their Old Preferred Stock, and Certificated Exchangeable Preferred
Stock representing the New Preferred Stock will be available to holders that
exchange such Old Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer.
The Depository has advised the Company as follows: The Depository is a
limited-purpose trust company and organized under the laws of the State of New
York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within
the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and "a clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). The Depository was created to hold securities
of institutions that have accounts with the Depository ("participants") and to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its
participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement
of securities certificates. The Depository's participants include securities
brokers and dealers (which may include the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the
Depository's book-entry system is also available to others such as banks,
brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly.
Pursuant to procedures established by the Depository, ownership of
beneficial interests in the Global Security is shown on, and the transfer of
those ownership interests is effected only through, records maintained by the
Depository (with respect to participants' interest) and such participants (with
respect to the owners of beneficial interests in the Global Security other than
participants). The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain
purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive
form. Such limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer or pledge
beneficial interests in the Global Security.
So long as the Depository or its nominee is the registered holder and owner
of the Global Security, the Depository or such nominee, as the case may be, will
be considered the sole legal owner and holder of the related Exchangeable
Preferred Stock for all purposes of such Exchangeable Preferred Stock and the
Certificate of Designation. Except as set forth below, owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Security will not be entitled to have the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock represented by the Global Security registered in their names,
will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated
Exchangeable Preferred Stock in definitive form and will not be considered to be
the owners or holders of any Exchangeable Preferred Stock under the Global
Security. The Company understands that under existing industry practice, in the
event an owner of a beneficial interest in the Global Security desires to take
any action that the Depository, as the holder of the Global Security, is
entitled to take, the Depository would authorize the participants to take such
action, and that the participants would authorize beneficial owners owning
through such participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon the
instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.
51
<PAGE> 57
Payment in respect of dividends and redemption payments on Exchangeable
Preferred Stock represented by the Global Security registered in the name of and
held by the Depository or its nominee will be made to the Depository or its
nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner and holder of the Global
Security.
The Company expects that the Depository or its nominee, upon receipt of any
payment in respect of dividends and redemption payments on the Global Security,
will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to
their respective beneficial interests in the liquidation preference of the
Global Security as shown on the records of the Depository or its nominee. The
Company also expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Security held through such participants will be governed
by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility
of such participants. The Company will not have any responsibility or liability
for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of,
beneficial ownership interests in the Global Security for any Exchangeable
Preferred Stock or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records
relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the
relationship between the Depository and its participants or the relationship
between such participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Security owning through such participants.
Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for certificated
Exchangeable Preferred Stock in definitive form, the Global Security may not be
transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of such Depository
or by a nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such
Depository.
Although the Depository has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Security among participants of
the Depository, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the
Transfer Agent nor the Company will have any responsibility for the performance
by the Depository or its participants or indirect participants of their
respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
CERTIFICATED EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Exchangeable Preferred Stock represented by the Global Security is
exchangeable for certificated Exchangeable Preferred Stock in definitive form of
like tenor as such Exchangeable Preferred Stock if (i) the Depository notifies
the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the
Global Security or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency
registered under the Exchange Act or (ii) the Company in its discretion at any
time determines not to have all of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock represented
by the Global Security. Any Exchangeable Preferred Stock that is exchangeable
pursuant to the preceding sentence is exchangeable for certificated Exchangeable
Preferred Stock issuable in authorized denominations and registered in such
names as the Depository shall direct. In addition, upon the consummation of the
Exchange Offer, all requirements that the Old Preferred Stock be issued in
global form will cease to apply and Certificated Exchangeable Preferred Stock
with a restricted securities legend will be available to holders of such Old
Preferred Stock that do not exchange their Old Preferred Stock, and Certificated
Exchangeable Preferred Stock representing the New Preferred Stock will be
available to holders that exchange such Old Preferred Stock in the Exchange
Offer. Subject to the foregoing, the Global Security is not exchangeable, except
for a Global Security of the same aggregate denomination to be registered in the
name of the Depository or its nominee. In addition, certificates representing
Old Preferred Stock which is not tendered for New Preferred Stock will bear a
restricted securities legend (unless the Company determines otherwise in
accordance with applicable law) subject, with respect to such Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, to the provisions of such legend.
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
The Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be issued under the Exchange
Indenture, to be dated as of August 15, 1997 (the "Exchange Indenture"), between
the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The following
is a summary of certain provisions of the Exchange Indenture and the Exchange
Debentures. A copy of the Exchange Indenture and the form of Exchange Debentures
are available
52
<PAGE> 58
upon request to the Company at the address set forth under "Available
Information." The following summary of certain provisions of the Exchange
Indenture does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Exchange Indenture,
including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part
thereof by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The terms of the
Company's Senior Notes and Series 3 Preferred Stock limit the Company's ability
to issue the Exchange Debentures.
The Exchange Debentures will be unsecured subordinated obligations of the
Company, limited in aggregate principal amount to the liquidation preference of
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, plus, without duplication, accumulated and
unpaid dividends on the Exchange Date of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock into
Exchange Debentures (plus any additional Exchange Debentures issued in lieu of
cash interest as described herein). The Exchange Debentures will be issued only
in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any
integral multiple of $1,000 (other than as described in "-- Exchangeable
Preferred Stock -- Exchange" or with respect to additional Exchange Debentures
issued in lieu of cash interest as described herein). The Exchange Debentures
will be subordinated to all existing and future senior and senior subordinated
debt of the Company.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange Debentures will
be payable, and the Exchange Debentures may be presented for registration of
transfer or exchange, at the office of the Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change
any Paying Agent and Registrar without prior notice to holders of the Exchange
Debentures. Holders of the Exchange Debentures must surrender Exchange
Debentures to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments.
The Exchange Debentures will mature on August 15, 2009. Each Exchange
Debenture will bear interest at the rate of 12 1/2% per annum from the most
recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for or,
if no interest has been paid or provided for, from the Exchange Date. Interest
will be payable semiannually in cash (or, on or prior to February 15, 2001, in
additional Exchange Debentures, at the option of the Company) in arrears on each
February 15 and August 15, commencing with the first such date after the
Exchange Date. Interest on the Exchange Debentures will be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and the actual number of
days elapsed.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Exchange Debentures
will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to August 15, 2002.
Thereafter, the Exchange Debentures will be redeemable, at the Company's option,
in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's
registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages
of principal amount), plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month
period commencing on August 15 of the years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD REDEMPTION PRICE
------------------------------------------------------ ----------------
<S> <C>
2002.................................................. 106.250%
2003.................................................. 105.000
2004.................................................. 103.750
2005.................................................. 102.500
2006.................................................. 101.250
2007 and thereafter................................... 100.000
</TABLE>
In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to August 15, 2000,
the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal
amount of the Exchange Debentures with the proceeds of one or more Public Equity
Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount)
of 112.5% plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant
53
<PAGE> 59
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date);
provided, however, that at least $195 million aggregate principal amount of the
Exchange Debentures remains outstanding after each such redemption.
In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Exchange Debentures
for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by
such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair
and appropriate, although no Exchange Debenture of $1,000 in original principal
amount or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Exchange Debenture is to be
redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Exchange
Debenture shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. A new Exchange Debenture in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Exchange Debenture.
RANKING
The indebtedness evidenced by the Exchange Debentures will be subordinated,
unsecured obligations of the Company. The payment of the principal of, premium
(if any) and interest on the Exchange Debentures is subordinate in right of
payment, as set forth in the Exchange Indenture, to the prior payment in full of
all Senior Indebtedness (including senior subordinated indebtedness) of the
Company, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, including
the obligations of the Company under the Senior Notes.
As of September 30, 1997, the outstanding Indebtedness and other
liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries was approximately $522.0 million
(without giving effect to an unamortized debt discount of approximately $7
million in connection with the Senior Notes). Although the Exchange Indenture
contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Company
may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be
substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness."
A substantial portion of the operations of the Company are conducted
through its subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of such subsidiaries, including
trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding indebtedness and
guarantees issued by such subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders (if
any) of such subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the
assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the
Company, including holders of the Exchange Debentures, even if such obligations
do not constitute Senior Indebtedness. The Exchange Debentures, therefore, will
be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and
preferred stockholders (if any) of subsidiaries of the Company. At September 30,
1997, the total Indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries
was approximately $210.7 million, including trade payables. Although the
Exchange Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and preferred stock of
certain of the Company's subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of
significant qualifications. Moreover, the Exchange Indenture does not impose any
limitation on the incurrence by such subsidiaries of liabilities that are not
considered Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under the Exchange Indenture. See
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness."
Only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness (including
senior subordinated indebtedness) will rank senior to the Exchange Debentures in
accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Indenture. The Exchange
Debentures will in all respects rank pari passu with all other Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company.
The Company may not pay principal of, premium (if any) or interest on, the
Exchange Debentures or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described
under "Defeasance" below and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any
Exchange Debentures (collectively, "pay the Exchange Debentures") if (i) any
Designated Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due or (ii) any other default on
Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior
Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case,
the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been
rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full. However,
the Company may pay the Exchange Debentures without regard to the foregoing if
the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from
the Representative of the Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which
either of the events set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately
preceding sentence has occurred and is
54
<PAGE> 60
continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a default
described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second preceding sentence) with respect
to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may
be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be
required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace
periods, the Company may not pay the Exchange Debentures for a period (a
"Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a
copy to the Company) of written notice (a "Blockage Notice") of such default
from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness
specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days
thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by
written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who
gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage
Notice is no longer continuing or (iii) because such Designated Senior
Indebtedness has been repaid in full). Notwithstanding the provisions described
in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions described
in the first sentence of this paragraph), unless the holders of such Designated
Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders have accelerated the
maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company may resume payments
on the Exchange Debentures after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The
Exchange Debentures shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage
Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults
with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period.
Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company upon a total
or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding
relating to the Company or its property, the holders of Senior Indebtedness will
be entitled to receive payment in full of such Senior Indebtedness before the
holders of Exchange Debentures are entitled to receive any payment, and until
the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, any payment or distribution to which
holders of Exchange Debentures would be entitled but for the subordination
provisions of the Exchange Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior
Indebtedness as their interests may appear. If a distribution is made to holders
of Exchange Debentures that, due to the subordination provisions, should not
have been made to them, such holders are required to hold it in trust for the
holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay it over to them as their interests may
appear.
If payment of the Exchange Debentures is accelerated because of an Event of
Default, the Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of
Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the
acceleration. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness is outstanding, the Company
may not pay the Exchange Debentures until five Business Days after the
Representatives of all the issues of Designated Senior Indebtedness receive
notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Exchange Debentures
only if the Exchange Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.
By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Exchange
Indenture, in the event of insolvency, creditors of the Company who are holders
of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may recover more, ratably, than the
holders of Exchange Debentures, and creditors of the Company who are not holders
of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior
Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than holders of Exchange Debentures.
The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to
payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust
by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Exchange
Debentures pursuant to the provisions described under "-- Defeasance."
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
The Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be issued in the form of a Global
Note. The Global Note will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depository
and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee. Except as set forth
below, the Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to the
Depository or another nominee of the Depository. Investors may hold their
beneficial interests in the Global Note directly through the Depository if they
have an account with the Depository or indirectly through organizations which
have accounts with the Depository.
55
<PAGE> 61
Exchange Debentures that are issued as described below under "Certificated
Exchange Debentures" will be issued in definitive form. Upon the transfer of an
Exchange Debenture in definitive form, such Exchange Debenture will, unless the
Global Note has previously been exchanged for Exchange Debentures in definitive
form, be exchanged for an interest in the Global Note representing the principal
amount of Exchange Debentures being transferred.
The Depository has advised the Company as follows: The Depository is a
limited-purpose trust company and organized under the laws of the State of New
York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within
the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and "a clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. The
Depository was created to hold securities of institutions that have accounts
with the Depository ("participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities
through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. The
Depository's participants include securities brokers and dealers (which may
include the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations
and certain other organizations. Access to the Depository's book-entry system is
also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant,
whether directly or indirectly.
Upon the issuance of the Global Note, the Depository will credit, on its
book-entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount of the
Exchange Debentures represented by such Global Note to the accounts of
participants. The accounts to be credited shall be designated by the Initial
Purchasers of such Exchange Debentures. Ownership of beneficial interests in the
Global Note will be limited to participants or persons that may hold interests
through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Note will
be shown on, and the transfer of those ownership interests will be effected only
through, records maintained by the Depository (with respect to participants'
interest) and such participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Note other than participants). The laws of some
jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical
delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such limits and laws may impair
the ability to transfer or pledge beneficial interests in the Global Note.
So long as the Depository, or its nominee, is the registered holder and
owner of the Global Note, the Depository or such nominee, as the case may be,
will be considered the sole legal owner and holder of the related Exchange
Debentures for all purposes of such Exchange Debentures and the Exchange
Indenture. Except as set forth below, owners of beneficial interests in the
Global Note will not be entitled to have the Exchange Debentures represented by
the Global Note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to
receive physical delivery of certificated Exchange Debentures in definitive form
and will not be considered to be the owners or holders of any Exchange
Debentures under the Global Note. The Company understands that under existing
industry practice, in the event an owner of a beneficial interest in the Global
Note desires to take any action that the Depository, as the holder of the Global
Note, is entitled to take, the Depository would authorize the participants to
take such action, and that the participants would authorize beneficial owners
owning through such participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon
the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.
Payment of principal of and interest on Exchange Debentures represented by
the Global Note registered in the name of and held by the Depository or its
nominee will be made to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as
the registered owner and holder of the Global Note.
The Company expects that the Depository or its nominee, upon receipt of any
payment of principal of or interest on the Global Note, will credit
participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their
respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Note as
shown on the records of the Depository or its nominee. The Company also expects
that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Note held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participants. The
Company will not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership
interests in the Global Note for any Exchange Debenture or for maintaining,
supervising or
56
<PAGE> 62
reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any
other aspect of the relationship between the Depository and its participants or
the relationship between such participants and the owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Note owning through such participants.
Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for certificated
Exchange Debentures in definitive form, the Global Note may not be transferred
except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of such Depository or by a
nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such
Depository.
Although the Depository has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Note among participants of the
Depository, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the
Trustee nor the Company will have any responsibility for the performance by the
Depository or its participants or indirect participants of their respective
obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
CERTIFICATED EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
The Exchange Debentures represented by the Global Note are exchangeable for
certificated Exchange Debentures in definitive form of like tenor as such
Exchange Debentures in denominations of U.S. $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof if (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as Depository for the Global Note or if at any time the
Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act,
(ii) the Company in its discretion at any time determines not to have all of the
Exchange Debentures represented by the Global Note or (iii) a default entitling
the holders of the Exchange Debentures to accelerate the maturity thereof has
occurred and is continuing. Any Exchange Debenture that is exchangeable pursuant
to the preceding sentence is exchangeable for certificated Exchange Debentures
issuable in authorized denominations and registered in such names as the
Depository shall direct. Subject to the foregoing, the Global Note is not
exchangeable, except for a Global Note of the same aggregate denomination to be
registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee. In addition, such
certificates will bear a restricted securities legend (unless the Company
determines otherwise in accordance with applicable law) subject, with respect to
such Old Preferred Stock, to the provisions of such legend.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Exchange Indenture will provide that upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control (as defined under "Description of the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock -- Change of Control"), each holder of Exchange Debentures shall have the
right to require that the Company repurchase such holder's Exchange Debentures
at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the
right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant interest payment date).
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a
notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that a Change of
Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company
to purchase such Holder's Exchange Debentures at a purchase price in cash equal
to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);
(2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control
(including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow
and capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control); (3) the
purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed); and (4) the instructions determined by the
Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must
follow in order to have its Exchange Debentures purchased.
The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or
regulations in connection with the purchase of Exchange Debentures pursuant to
the covenant described hereunder. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant
described hereunder, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities
laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under the covenant described hereunder by virtue thereof.
57
<PAGE> 63
The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between
the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Company has no present intention to
engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible
that the Company would decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations
discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into certain
transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations,
that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Exchange Indenture, but
that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or
otherwise affect the Company's capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions
on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur
additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness." Such restrictions can only
be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Exchange Debentures then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained
in such covenants, however, the Exchange Indenture will not contain any
covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Exchange Debentures
protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains, and future indebtedness
of the Company may contain, prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events
that would constitute a Change of Control or require such indebtedness to be
repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of
their right to require the Company to repurchase the Exchange Debentures could
cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself
does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company.
Finally, the Company's ability to pay cash to the holders of Exchange Debentures
following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by the Company's
then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient
funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. In the
event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from
purchasing Exchange Debentures, the Company could seek the consent of its
lenders to make such purchase, or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that
contain such prohibitions. If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay
such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Exchange
Debentures. The provisions under the Exchange Indenture relative to the
Company's obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Exchange Debentures as a
result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent
of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Exchange Debentures.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Exchange Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the
following:
Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not Incur, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to Incur, directly or indirectly, any
Indebtedness unless, on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma
effect thereto (including pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom)
and to any other Indebtedness Incurred or repaid since the end of the period
referred to below and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof,
either (i) the Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio for the Company's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is
Incurred would have been not more than 5 to 1, or (ii) the Company's
Consolidated Capital Ratio as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for
which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date
on which such Indebtedness is Incurred is less than 2.0 to 1.0.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur any or all of the following Indebtedness:
(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to one or more Credit Agreements;
provided, however, that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness then outstanding does not
exceed the greater of (A) $150,000,000 and (B) 85% of the book value of the
Accounts Receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of
any Capital Stock which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be
a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness
(other than to the
58
<PAGE> 64
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to
constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof;
(3) the Exchange Debentures (including Exchange Debentures issued in
lieu of cash interest payments with respect to Exchange Debentures);
(4) Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date (other than
Indebtedness described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this covenant);
(5) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (3) or (4) or this clause
(5);
(6) Hedging Obligations consisting of Interest Rate Agreements
directly related to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Exchange Indenture;
(7) Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case Incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(8) In the event that the PSINet Shares are held by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, the Incurrence by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary of Permitted PSINet Non-Recourse Debt; and
(9) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding which, together with the amount of all other Indebtedness of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of such
Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by clauses (1) - (8) above
and paragraph (a)), does not exceed 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not Incur any
Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (b) if the proceeds thereof are
used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless
such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Exchange Debentures to at least
the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant, (i)
in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion,
will classify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and (ii) an
item of Indebtedness may be divided and classified in more than one of the types
of Indebtedness described above.
Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a Restricted
Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such
Restricted Payment: (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or
would result therefrom); (2) the Company is not able to Incur an additional
$1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under
"-- Limitation on Indebtedness"; or (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted
Payment and all other Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the
sum of:
(A) an amount equal to the Cumulative Operating Cash Flow for the
period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first
full fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the
Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment less 1.50
times the Company's Cumulative Consolidated Interest expense for such
period;
(B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the
issuance or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an issuance or sale to a
Subsidiary of the Company and other than an issuance or sale to an employee
stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees);
59
<PAGE> 65
(C) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the
Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a
Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness
of the Company convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the
fair value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such
conversion or exchange); and
(D) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net reduction in Investments
in any Person resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or
other transfers of assets (but excluding such interest, dividends,
repayments, advances or other transfers of assets to the extent any such
item increases Consolidated Net Income), in each case to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from any Person (including, without limitation, from
Unrestricted Subsidiaries), and (ii) the portion (proportionate to the
Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted
Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Person (including
any Unrestricted Subsidiary), the amount of Investments previously made
(and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Person.
(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit:
(i) any Restricted Payment made out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale of, or any acquisition of any Capital Stock
of the Company made by exchange for, Capital Stock of the Company (other
than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a
Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust
established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of
their employees); provided, however, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall
be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (B)
the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale shall be excluded from the calculation
of amounts under clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) above;
(ii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations made by
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
of, Indebtedness of the Company which is permitted to be Incurred pursuant
to the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness"; provided,
however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement for value shall be excluded in the calculation of
the amount of Restricted Payments;
(iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration
thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied
with this covenant; provided, however, that at the time of payment of such
dividend, no other Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result
therefrom); provided further, however, that such dividend shall be included
in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
(iv) the repurchase or other acquisition of shares of, or options to
purchase shares of, common stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such
employees, former employees, directors or former directors), pursuant to
the terms of the agreements (including employment agreements) or plans (or
amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors under which such
individuals purchase or sell or are granted the option to purchase or sell,
shares of such common stock; provided, however, that the aggregate amount
of such repurchases and other acquisitions shall not exceed $1,000,000 in
any calendar year; provided further, however, that such repurchases and
other acquisitions shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments; or
(v) dividends paid on the Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to its
terms; provided, however,that at the time of any such payment no Default
shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); provided
further, however, that such dividends shall be excluded in the calculation
of the amount of Restricted Payments.
60
<PAGE> 66
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital
Stock to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to
the Company, (b) make any loans or advances to the Company or (c) transfer any
of its property or assets to the Company, except:
(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect
at or entered into on the Issue Date;
(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred
by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness
Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds
or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of
related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on
such date;
(iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement
referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this covenant or this clause (iii) or
contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or
(ii) of this covenant or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the
encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary
contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no less
favorable to the holders of Exchange Debentures than encumbrances and
restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in such
predecessor agreements;
(iv) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary
non-assignment provisions in leases governing leasehold interests to the
extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease or the property
leased thereunder;
(v) in the case of clause (c) above, restrictions contained in IRU
Agreements, security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness or other
obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions
restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements
or mortgages;
(vi) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed
pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary
pending the closing of such sale or disposition; and
(vii) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in the PSINet
Agreement.
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
consummate any Asset Disposition unless (i) the Company (or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset
Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by a resolution
of the Board of Directors as set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to
the Trustee), (ii) after giving effect to such Asset Disposition, the non-cash
consideration received in connection with all Asset Dispositions for the period
beginning on the Issue Date through and including the date of such proposed
Asset Disposition, less cash received in connection with the sale, disposition,
transfer or other conversion of non-cash consideration received in connection
with Asset Dispositions during such period, does not exceed 5% of the Company's
Consolidated Tangible Assets after giving effect to such Asset Disposition and
(iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset
Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be) (A) first, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the
terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Senior
Indebtedness or Indebtedness (other than any Disqualified Stock) of a Restricted
Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company, unless permitted pursuant to the last sentence of
paragraph (b) of the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Affiliate
Transactions") within one year from the later of the date of such Asset
Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; (B) second, to the extent
of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with
clause (A), to the extent the Company elects, to acquire Additional
61
<PAGE> 67
Assets within one year from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or
the receipt of such Net Available Cash; and (C) third, to the extent of the
balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses
(A) and (B), to make an offer to the holders of the Exchange Debentures (and to
holders of other Subordinated Indebtedness designated by the Company) to
purchase Exchange Debentures (and such other Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant
to and subject to the conditions contained in the Exchange Indenture; provided,
however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of
Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) or (C) above, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the
related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to
the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance
with this paragraph except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash
from all Asset Dispositions which are not applied in accordance with this
paragraph exceeds $10 million. Pending application of Net Available Cash
pursuant to this covenant, such Net Available Cash shall be invested in
Permitted Investments.
For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash or
cash equivalents: (x) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset
Disposition (which assumption shall also constitute a repayment of Indebtedness
pursuant to the preceding paragraph) and (y) securities received by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are promptly converted by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.
(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that results in the purchase of
the Exchange Debentures (and other Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to clause
(a)(ii)(C) above, the Company will be required to purchase Exchange Debentures
tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Exchange Debentures (and
other Subordinated Indebtedness) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal
amount (without premium) plus accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of
such other Subordinated Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be
provided for by the terms of, or agreed to by the holders of, such Subordinated
Indebtedness) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the
event of oversubscription) set forth in the Exchange Indenture. The Company
shall not be required to make such an offer to purchase Exchange Debentures (and
other Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to this covenant if the Net Available
Cash available therefor is less than $10 million (which lesser amount shall be
carried forward for purposes of determining whether such an offer is required
with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition).
(c) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Exchange Debentures pursuant
to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company shall comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this clause by virtue thereof.
Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. (a) The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any
transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property,
employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with any
Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless (i) such Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an
unrelated Person and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee (a) with respect
to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$1,000,000 a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers'
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i)
above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors and (b) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$10,000,000, other than transactions with GE Capital Communication and Excluded
PSINet Transactions, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of
view issued by an investment banking firm of national standing.
62
<PAGE> 68
(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit (i)
any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to the covenant described
under "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments," (ii) any issuance of securities,
or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant
to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock
ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors, (iii) the grant of stock
options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company pursuant to
plans approved by the Board of Directors, (iv) loans or advances to employees in
the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, but in any event not to exceed $500,000
in the aggregate outstanding at any one time, (v) any employment or consulting
arrangement or agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past
practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (vi) the payment of
reasonable fees to directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries who
are not employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (vii) any
Affiliate Transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between
Restricted Subsidiaries, (viii) transactions in connection with Permitted
Businesses between the Company and GE Capital Communication, (ix) transactions
between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary specifically contemplated by
the PSINet Agreement and (x) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Affiliate Transactions shall not include any transaction involving the sale,
purchase, repurchase, redemption, transfer, exchange or other acquisition or
disposition of Senior Notes, Exchange Debentures or Convertible Preferred Stock
by or from, or the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, or
liquidation preference of and dividend on, any Senior Notes, Exchange Debentures
or Convertible Preferred Stock, as the case may be, to any Affiliate of the
Company or any Affiliate of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided,
however, that such transaction is offered substantially concurrently to all
other holders of Senior Notes, Exchange Debentures or Convertible Preferred
Stock, as the case may be, on the same terms and conditions; provided further,
however, that such transaction is approved by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board of Directors, other than transactions in connection with
the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, or liquidation
preference of and dividends on, Senior Notes, Exchange Debentures or Convertible
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, pursuant to the provisions of the indenture
or certificate of designation governing the payment of interest and principal,
dividends and liquidation preference, optional redemption, repurchases from the
proceeds of an asset disposition and repurchases upon a change of control.
Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Common Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any Common
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell or otherwise dispose of any
of its Common Stock except (i) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ii)
if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, sale or other disposition,
neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own any Common Stock of such
Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to such
issuance, sale or other disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer
constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining
after giving effect thereto would have been permitted to be made under the
covenant described under "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments" if made on the
date of such issuance, sale or other disposition.
Merger and Consolidation. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge
with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: (i)
the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor Company") shall be
a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America,
any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not
the Company) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental thereto,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all
the obligations of the Company under the Exchange Debentures and the Exchange
Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and
treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company
or any Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by
such Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur an
additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant
described under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness;" (iv) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction, the Successor
63
<PAGE> 69
Company shall have Consolidated Net Worth in an amount that is not less than the
Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and
(v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate,
stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental
indenture (if any) comply with the Exchange Indenture.
The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company and shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under the Exchange Indenture, but the predecessor Company in the
case of a conveyance, transfer or lease shall not be released from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Exchange Debentures
except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of all the Company's assets that meets the requirements described in
the preceding paragraph.
SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and holders of
the Exchange Debentures with such annual reports and such information, documents
and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act
and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information,
documents and other reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified
for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections.
DEFAULTS
An Event of Default is defined in the Exchange Indenture as (i) a default
in the payment of interest on the Exchange Debentures when due and continued for
30 days, (ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Exchange Debenture
when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required
repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Company to
comply with its obligations under "-- Certain Covenants -- Merger and
Consolidation" above, (iv) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days
after notice with any of its obligations in the covenants described above under
"Change of Control" (other than a failure to purchase Exchange Debentures) or
under "-- Certain Covenants" under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness," "--
Limitation on Restricted Payments," "-- Limitation on Restrictions on
Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries," "-- Limitation on Sales of Assets
and Subsidiary Stock" (other than a failure to purchase Exchange Debentures),
"-- Limitation on Affiliate Transactions," "-- Limitation on the Sale or
Issuance of Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries" or "-- SEC Reports," (v)
the failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice with its other
agreements contained in the Exchange Indenture, (vi) Indebtedness of the Company
or any Significant Subsidiary (other than any Permitted PSINet Non-Recourse
Debt) is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is
accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of
such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $5 million (the "cross
acceleration provision"), (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (the "bankruptcy
provisions") or (viii) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess
of $5 million is entered against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,
remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment and is not
discharged, waived or stayed within 10 days after notice (the "judgment default
provision"). However, a default under clauses (iv), (v) and (viii) will not
constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Debentures notify the Company of
the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified
after receipt of such notice.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Debentures may
declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Exchange
Debentures to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and
interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating
to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company
occurs and is continuing, the principal of and interest on all the Exchange
Debentures will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the
Exchange Debentures. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Debentures may rescind any such
acceleration with respect to the Exchange Debentures and its consequences.
Subject to the provisions of the Exchange Indenture relating to the duties of
the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
64
<PAGE> 70
the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
under the Exchange Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders
of the Exchange Debentures unless such holders have offered to the Trustee
reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except
to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or
interest when due, no holder of an Exchange Debenture may pursue any remedy with
respect to the Exchange Indenture or the Exchange Debentures unless (i) such
holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
Exchange Debentures have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such
holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any
loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity
and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Exchange Debentures have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with
such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Debentures
are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Exchange Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder of an
Exchange Debenture or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
The Exchange Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing
and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder of the
Exchange Debentures notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except
in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any
Exchange Debenture, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a
committee of its trust officers determines that withholding notice is not
opposed to the interest of the holders of the Exchange Debentures. In addition,
the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end
of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know
of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is
required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof,
written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their
status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect
thereof.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
Subject to certain exceptions, the Exchange Indenture may be amended with
the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Exchange
Debentures then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange for the Exchange Debentures) and any past default or
compliance with any provisions may also be waived with the consent of the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the Exchange Debentures then
outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding
Exchange Debenture affected thereby, no amendment may, among other things, (i)
reduce the amount of Exchange Debentures whose holders must consent to an
amendment, (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on
any Exchange Debenture, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated
Maturity of any Exchange Debenture, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the
redemption of any Exchange Debenture or change the time at which any Exchange
Debenture may be redeemed as described under "-- Optional Redemption", (v) make
any Exchange Debenture payable in money other than that stated in the Exchange
Debenture, (vi) impair the right of any holder of the Exchange Debentures to
receive payment of principal of and interest on such holder's Exchange
Debentures on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder's Exchange
Debentures, (vii) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each
holder's consent or in the waiver provisions or (viii) make any change to the
subordination provisions of the Exchange Indenture that would adversely affect
the holders of Exchange Debentures.
Without the consent of any holder of the Exchange Debentures, the Company
and Trustee may amend the Exchange Indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a successor
corporation of the obligations of the Company under the Exchange Indenture, to
provide for uncertificated Exchange Debentures in addition to or in place of
certificated Exchange Debentures (provided that the uncertificated Exchange
Debentures are issued in registered form for purposes of
65
<PAGE> 71
Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Exchange
Debentures are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to add guarantees
with respect to the Exchange Debentures, to secure the Exchange Debentures, to
add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the
Exchange Debentures or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the
Company, to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
holder of the Exchange Debentures or to comply with any requirement of the SEC
in connection with the qualification of the Exchange Indenture under the Trust
Indenture Act. However, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions
of the Exchange Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of
Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness (or their Representative) consent to such change.
The consent of the holders of the Exchange Debentures is not necessary
under the Exchange Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the
proposed amendment.
After an amendment under the Exchange Indenture becomes effective, the
Company is required to mail to holders of the Exchange Debentures a notice
briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to
all holders of the Exchange Debentures, or any defect therein, will not impair
or affect the validity of the amendment.
DEFEASANCE
The Company at any time may terminate all its obligations under the
Exchange Debentures and the Exchange Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for
certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and
obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Exchange Debentures, to
replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Exchange Debentures and to maintain
a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Exchange Debentures. The Company
at any time may terminate its obligations under "Change of Control" and under
the covenants described under "-- Certain Covenants" (other than the covenant
described under "-- Merger and Consolidation"), the operation of the cross
acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under "-- Defaults"
above and the limitations contained in clauses (iii) and (iv) under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Merger and Consolidation" above ("covenant defeasance").
The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its
prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its
legal defeasance option, payment of the Exchange Debentures may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company
exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Exchange Debentures may
not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iv),
(vi), (vii) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (viii) under "--
Defaults" above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause
(iii) or (iv) under "-- Certain Covenants -- Merger and Consolidation" above.
In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably
deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee money or U.S.
Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Exchange
Debentures to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with
certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that holders of the Exchange Debentures will not recognize
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit
and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance
only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue
Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law).
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
The Bank of New York is to be the Trustee under the Exchange Indenture and
has been appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to
the Exchange Debentures.
66
<PAGE> 72
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Exchange
Debentures will have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee,
subject to certain exceptions. The Exchange Indenture provides that if an Event
of Default occurs (and is not cured), the Trustee will be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Exchange Indenture
at the request of any holder of Exchange Debentures, unless such Holder shall
have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against
any loss, liability or expense and then only to the extent required by the terms
of the Exchange Indenture.
GOVERNING LAW
The Exchange Indenture provides that it and the Exchange Debentures will be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York
without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent
that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required
thereby.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Accounts Receivable" means, with respect to any Person, all accounts
receivable of such Person net of allowances for uncollectible accounts,
discounts, refunds and all other allowances as determined in accordance with
GAAP.
"Additional Assets" means (i) any property or assets (other than
Indebtedness and Capital Stock) in a Related Business; (ii) the Capital Stock of
a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of
such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or (iii)
Capital Stock in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clauses (ii)
or (iii) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For
purposes of the provisions described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Restricted Payments," "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Affiliate
Transactions" and "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock" only, "Affiliate" shall also mean any beneficial owner of
Capital Stock representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or warrants to
purchase such Capital Stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any
Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the
first sentence hereof.
"Asset Disposition" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of any assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) other than
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices (provided that
the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all the
assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be
deemed not to constitute an Asset Disposition but will be governed by the
covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Merger and Consolidation," and
not by the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales
of Assets and Subsidiary Stock") and (ii) the issue or sale by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of any of the Company's
Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a
single transaction or a series of related transactions (a) that have a fair
market value in excess of $1,000,000 or (b) for net proceeds in excess of
$1,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) a transfer of assets by the
Company to its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or by its Restricted Subsidiaries to
the Company or to another of the Company's Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (ii) an
issuance of Capital Stock by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to the
Company or to another of the Company's Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, (iii) a
Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by the covenant described under
"-- Certain
67
<PAGE> 73
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments," (iv) an issuance or sale of
Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) an Asset Swap and (vi) the sale
of any IRU pursuant to IRU Agreements the network of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, sales of IRUs
specifically provided for in the PSINet Agreement), will be deemed not to
constitute Asset Dispositions.
"Asset Swap" means an exchange of assets by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries for one or more Permitted Businesses, assets to be used
in a Permitted Business, or for a controlling equity interest in any Person
whose assets consist primarily of one or more Permitted Businesses.
"Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at
the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the dividend or
interest rate borne by the Exchangeable Preferred Stock or the Exchange
Debentures, as the case may be, compounded annually) of the total obligations of
the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included
in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease
has been extended).
"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products of numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates
of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by
the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
"Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
"Capital Lease Obligations" means an obligation that is required to be
classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes
in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty.
"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, rights to purchase,
warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in
(however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but
excluding any debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for such equity.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Consolidated Capital Ratio" of any Person as of any date means the ratio
of (i) the aggregate consolidated principal amount of Indebtedness of such
Person then outstanding to (ii) the greater of either (a) the aggregate
consolidated paid-in capital of such Person as of such date or (b) the
stockholders' equity as of such date as shown on the consolidated balance sheet
of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest
expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to
the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent
incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, (i)
interest expense attributable to capital leases and the interest expense
attributable to leases constituting part of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction, (ii)
amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost, (iii) capitalized
interest, (iv) non-cash interest expenses, (v) commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
financing, (vi) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including
amortization of fees), (vii) Preferred Stock dividends in respect of all (A)
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) Preferred Stock of the
Company that is Disqualified Stock, in each case held by Persons other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (viii) interest incurred in connection with
Investments in discontinued operations, (ix) interest accruing on any
Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed
by (or secured by the assets of) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and
(x) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust
to the extent
68
<PAGE> 74
such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any
Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such
plan or trust.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall
not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
(i) any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such
Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that subject to the exclusion
contained in clause (iv) below, the net income of any such Person for such
period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the
aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such
period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other
distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid
to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (iii)
below);
(ii) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or
a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to
the date of such acquisition;
(iii) any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted
Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the
payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that subject to
the exclusion contained in clause (iv) below, the net income of any such
Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such
Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually
distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company
or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution
(subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to another
Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);
(iv) any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other
disposition of any assets of the Company, its consolidated Subsidiaries or
any other Person (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement)
which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of
business and any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other
disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;
(v) extraordinary gains or losses; and
(vi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the covenant described under
"Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments" only, there shall be
excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or
advances or other transfers of assets from any Person (including any
Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent
such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted
Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (a)(3)(D) thereof.
"Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the sum of: (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such
Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the
respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by
its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may
be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such
declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such
Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (x) all write-ups (other than
write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible
assets of a going concern business made within 12 months after the acquisition
of such business) subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset
owned by such Person or a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person, (y) all
investments as of such date in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons that
are not Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z) all
unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of
such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, with respect to any Person as of any
date, the sum of the consolidated gross book value as reflected in accounting
books and records of such Person of all its property, both real and personal,
less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications,
copyrights,
69
<PAGE> 75
trademarks, tradenames, goodwill, non-compete agreements or organizational
expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized debt discount and
expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and
amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which should
be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person, all of the
foregoing as determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Convertible Preferred Stock" means the Company's 7 1/4% Junior Convertible
Preferred Stock Due 2007.
"Credit Agreements" means one or more debt facilities or commercial paper
facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from
such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as
amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole
or in part from time to time.
"Cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any
Person, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Interest Expense for the
period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal
quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of such Person's most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are
available at such date of determination.
"Cumulative Operating Cash Flow" means, as of any date of determination,
Operating Cash Flow for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the
period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal
quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Company's most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are
available at such date of determination.
"Currency Agreement" means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect
such Person against fluctuations in currency values.
"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, in the case of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, a Voting Rights
Triggering Event and, in the case of the Exchange Debentures, an Event of
Default.
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) the Senior Notes and any
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (b) of the covenant
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness" and (ii)
any other Senior Indebtedness of the Company which, at the date of
determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which,
at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to,
at least $25 million and is specifically designated by the Company in the
instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as "Designated
Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of the Exchange Indenture.
"Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures
or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,
(ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or
(iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in
each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the
Exchange Debentures; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not
constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof
the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon
the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the
first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Debentures shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the "asset sale" or "change of control"
provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the
holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions described under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" and "-- Certain
Covenants -- Change of Control"; provided further, however, that the Company's
Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed not to
constitute Disqualified Stock.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Exchange Date" means the date on which the Exchange Debentures are
exchanged for the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
70
<PAGE> 76
"Excluded PSINet Transactions" means any transaction between the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with PSINet Inc., so long as at the time of
engaging in, or contracting to engage in, such transaction, the Company and its
Subsidiaries have not acquired shares of PSINet Common Stock other than the
PSINet Shares.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in (i)
the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (iii) such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession and (iv) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing
the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements)
in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange
Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and
similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.
"GE Capital Communications" means GE Capital Communications Services
Corporation.
"Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person and any
obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Indebtedness of such Person or (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in
any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to
protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee"
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
"Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person
pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.
"Holder" means the Person in whose name, in the case of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, a share of Exchangeable Preferred Stock is registered on the
Transfer Agent's books or, in the case of the Exchange Debentures, an Exchange
Debenture is registered on the Registrar's books.
"Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable
for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger,
consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such
Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term "Incurrence" when used
as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a
non-interest bearing or other discount security shall be deemed the Incurrence
of Indebtedness.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination (without duplication):
(i) the principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for
money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by Exchange Debentures,
debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which
such Person is responsible or liable, including, in each case, any premium
on such indebtedness to the extent such premium has become due and payable;
(ii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable
Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;
(iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
purchase price of property, and all obligations of such Person under any
title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in
the ordinary course of business);
(iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any
obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit
transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit
securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (i)
through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of
such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if
and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the
tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit);
71
<PAGE> 77
(v) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or,
with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, the liquidation preference
with respect to, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any
accrued dividends) of such Subsidiary (which will constitute Indebtedness
Incurred by such Subsidiary and not Indebtedness Incurred by such Person);
(vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
(v) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of
which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or
indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any
Guarantee;
(vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
(vi) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such
Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the
amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of
such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured; and
(viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
Hedging Obligations of such Person.
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described
above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving
rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.
"Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio" means, as of any date of
determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all
outstanding Indebtedness of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such
date on a consolidated basis, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of all
outstanding Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as of
such date (excluding any such Preferred Stock held by such Person or a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary of such Person), plus the aggregate liquidation preference or
redemption amount of all Disqualified Stock of such Person (excluding any
Disqualified Stock held by such Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such
Person) as of such date to (b) Operating Cash Flow of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four-quarter period for which
internal financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis
after giving effect to all acquisitions and dispositions of assets
(notwithstanding clause (ii) of the definition of "Consolidated Net Income" and
including Asset Swaps) made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries since
the beginning of such four-quarter period through such date as if such
acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.
"Independent Financial Advisor" means a United States investment banking
firm of national standing in the United States which does not, and whose
directors, officers and employees or affiliates do not, have a direct or
indirect financial interest in the Company.
"Interest Rate Agreement" means in respect of a Person any interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or
arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.
"Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or
any other extensions of credit (other than advances, loans or other extensions
of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as
accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender and other than
commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to directors, officers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business) (including by way of
Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to any Person (by
means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of such Person), or any purchase or
acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued
by such Person. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary," the
definition of "Restricted Payment" and the covenant described under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments," (i) "Investment" shall include
the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary)
of the fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at
the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent
72
<PAGE> 78
"Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive)
equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred
to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value
at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors; provided further, however, that an acquisition of assets,
Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be an Investment to the extent the
consideration for such Capital Stock or other securities consists of common
equity securities of the Company.
"IRU" means an indefeasible right to use fiber or telecommunications
capacity.
"IRU Agreement" means an agreement pursuant to which an interest in an IRU
is sold or leased or otherwise transferred.
"Issue Date" means the date on which the Exchangeable Preferred Stock are
originally issued.
"IXC Internet Capital Contribution" means the contribution by the Company
to IXC Internet, Inc. (so long as IXC Internet, Inc. is a Subsidiary) of $10
million in cash, an IRU in two excess fibers in the Company's network (including
two fibers in network routes to be built or acquired in the future) and space in
certain points of presence, in each case as contemplated in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the PSINet Agreement.
"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or
charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement or lease in the nature thereof).
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or its successor.
"Net Available Cash" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset
Disposition (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of
any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Disposition), net of the direct
costs relating to such Asset Disposition (including legal, accounting and
investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after
taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (b) of the
covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness")
secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset
Disposition and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such
asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that Net
Available Cash shall not include that portion of Net Available Cash from an
Asset Disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that are paid as a
pro rata dividend or distributed with respect to Capital Stock of such
Restricted Subsidiary, or used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire for value
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, held by a Person other than the
Company or any of its Affiliates.
"Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees,
accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof.
"Operating Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, (A) plus (i)
extraordinary net losses, net losses on sales of assets outside the ordinary
course of business during such period and non-cash charges relating to
write-downs of property and equipment, to the extent such losses and charges
were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (ii) provision for
taxes based on income or profits, to the extent such provision for taxes was
included in computing such Consolidated Net Income, and any provision for taxes
utilized in computing the net losses under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii)
Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such
73
<PAGE> 79
Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, amortization (including
amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of
prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an
accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a
prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation,
amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income and (B) less all non-cash income for such period
(excluding any such non-cash income to the extent it represents an accrual of
cash income in any future period or amortization of cash income received in a
period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes on the income or
profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of,
a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person shall be added to Consolidated
Net Income to compute Operating Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same
proportion) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in
calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period and only
if and to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary could have paid such amount at
the date of determination as a dividend or similar distribution to the referent
Person by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that
has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements,
instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental
regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
"Permitted Business" means (i) any communications business and (ii) any
business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
"Permitted Holders" means the officers and directors of the Company, and
Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust, Grumman Hill Associates, Inc. and
Grumman Hill Investments, L.P., and each of their respective officers and
directors and their Related Parties.
"Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in (i) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will,
upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related
Business; (ii) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other
Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or
substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that such Person's primary business is a Related Business;
(iii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iv) receivables owing to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business
and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided,
however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances; (v) payroll, travel, commission and similar advances to cover
matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated
as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of
business; (vi) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary; (vii) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of
debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; (viii) any Person to the
extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration
received for an Asset Disposition as permitted pursuant to the covenant
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock"; (ix) the IXC Internet Capital Contribution; (x) the
Investment in PSINet Inc. contemplated by the PSINet Agreement, including the
Investment in shares of PSINet Common Stock purchased pursuant to the PSINet
Agreement and the $240 million value protection right provided for by the PSINet
Agreement; and (xi) other Investments in any Person that in the aggregate do not
exceed $30 million without regard to increases and decreases in the value of the
Investments).
"Permitted PSINet Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness where (i) the
holders of such Indebtedness expressly agree that they will look solely to the
shares of PSINet Common Stock held by the issuer of such Indebtedness for
payment on or in respect of such Indebtedness and expressly waive any recourse
they may have on or with respect to such Indebtedness to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary
(A) provides credit support (whether or not in the form of an undertaking,
agreement or instrument which would constitute Indebtedness), other than the
pledge by the
74
<PAGE> 80
issuer of such Indebtedness of shares of PSINet Common Stock, or (B) is directly
or indirectly liable and (iii) no default with respect to such Indebtedness
(including any rights which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement
action against the shares of PSINet Common Stock securing such Indebtedness)
would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on
such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or
payable prior to its stated maturity.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any
other entity.
"Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as
to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
"Principal" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if
any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the
relevant time.
"PSINet Agreement" means the IRU and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
July 22, 1997, between IXC Internet Services, Inc. and PSINet Inc. and the
related documents executed in connection therewith, in each case as in effect as
of the Issue Date.
"PSINet Common Stock" means the common stock of PSINet, Inc.
"PSINet Shares" means the shares of PSINet Common Stock acquired by the
Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the PSINet Agreement.
"Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary public offering of
common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act.
"Refinance" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend,
renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other
Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such indebtedness. "Refinanced" and
"Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.
"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that Refinances any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue
Date or Incurred in compliance with the Exchange Indenture, including
Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that
(i) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the
Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (ii) such Refinancing
Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness
being Refinanced and (iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate
principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate
issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if
Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accredited value) then
outstanding or committed (plus accrued interest on the principal amount of
Indebtedness Refinanced, and fees and expenses, including any premium and
defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further,
however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a
Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company (unless such Subsidiary
was obligated under, or a guarantor of, the Indebtedness being Refinanced); or
(y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances
Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Related Business" means any Permitted Business, the businesses conducted
by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any
business related, ancillary or complementary to such businesses conducted by the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.
"Related Party" with respect to any Permitted Holder means (i) any
controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate
family member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal or (ii) any
trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries,
stockholders, partners,
75
<PAGE> 81
owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of
which consist of such Permitted Holder or such other Persons referred to in the
immediately preceding clause (i).
"Representative" means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an
issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.
"Restricted Payment" with respect to any Person means (i) the declaration
or payment of any dividends or any other distributions of any sort in respect of
its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving such Person) or similar payment to the direct or
indirect holders of its Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions
payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and
dividends or distributions to the extent paid to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, and other than pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a
Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or
owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity
other than a corporation)), (ii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition
or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company held by any Person
or of any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of the
Company (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), including the
exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than into Capital
Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock), (iii) the purchase,
repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value,
prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund
payment of any Subordinated Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase or
other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of
satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity,
in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition) or (iv) the making
of any Investment in any Person (other than a Permitted Investment).
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property now
owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
leases it from such Person.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Secured Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a
Lien.
"Senior Indebtedness" of the Company means (i) Indebtedness of the Company,
whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred, and (ii) accrued
and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company to the
extent post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of (A)
indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by
notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which
such Person is responsible or liable unless, in the case of (i) and (ii), in the
instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is
outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are subordinate or pari passu
in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures; provided, however, that Senior
Indebtedness shall not include (1) any obligation of such Person to any
Subsidiary of such Person, (2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other
taxes owed or owing by such Person, (3) any accounts payable or other liability
to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including
guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities) or (4) that
portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of Incurrence is Incurred in
violation of the Exchange Indenture.
"Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
"Significant Subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under
Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
"Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, or its
successor.
"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of
such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such
security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
76
<PAGE> 82
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means the Exchange Debentures and any other
Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is
to rank pari passu with the Exchange Debentures in right of payment and is not
subordinated by its terms to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company
which is not Senior Indebtedness.
"Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinate or
junior in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures pursuant to a written
agreement to that effect.
"Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association,
partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership
interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such
Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person.
"Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following:
(i) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of
America or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United
States of America or any agency thereof,
(ii) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and
money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition
thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws
of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust company has
capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50,000,000
(or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which
is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one
nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule
436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by a
registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor,
(iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered
into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above,
(iv) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days
after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an
Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the
United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United
States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment
therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard and Poor's Ratings
Group, and
(v) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less
from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state,
commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least "A"
by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "A" by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of
the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns
any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or holds any Lien (excluding Liens
incurred to secure obligations in respect of an IRU) on any property of, the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that either (A) the
Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such
Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, the Investment resulting from such
designation would be permitted under the covenant described under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments". The Board of Directors may
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the
Company
77
<PAGE> 83
could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a) of the covenant
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness" and (y) no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board
of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the
Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such
designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the foregoing provisions.
"U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of
America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of
which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and
which are not callable at the issuer's option.
"Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other
interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and
normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote
in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by the Company
or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 3,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). The following summary
of certain provisions of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock of IXC
Communications does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified
in its entirety by, the Restated Certificate, the Certificate of Designations
and Bylaws of IXC Communications, as amended, and the provisions of applicable
law.
COMMON STOCK
As of December 1, 1997, there were 31,552,708 outstanding shares of Common
Stock held by 155 holders of record. Each holder of Common Stock or Series 3
Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on
by the stockholders, voting together as a single class. Subject to the rights of
the holders of the Preferred Stock, each holder of Common Stock is entitled to
receive ratably such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board
of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of IXC Communications, the holders of the
Common Stock are entitled to share ratable in all assets, if any, remaining,
after payment of liabilities, subject to the prior liquidation rights of holders
of the Preferred Stock described below. The Common Stock has no preemptive or
other similar rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to the Common Stock. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
are, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible
Preferred Stock will be, when issued and delivered, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Company has designated 1,400,000 shares of Preferred Stock as
Convertible Preferred Stock, 900,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, 2,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series 1 Preferred Stock and
12,550 shares of Preferred Stock as Series 3 Preferred Stock. The Company has
reserved up to 150,000 shares of Old Preferred Stock for payment of dividends on
the Old Preferred Stock (of which 8,959 shares of Old Preferred Stock were
issued as payment of dividends as of November 15, 1997) and up to 150,000 shares
of New Preferred Stock for payment of dividends on the New Preferred Stock. The
New Preferred Stock will be issued by the Company in connection with the
Exchange Offer, on a share for share basis, for the Old Preferred Stock pursuant
to the terms of the Exchange Offer. Upon the exchange of each share of Old
Preferred Stock for each share of New Preferred Stock, each share of Old
Preferred Stock received by the Company shall have the status of an authorized
and unissued share of Preferred Stock available for redesignation and reissuance
by the Company. As of December 1, 1997, there were
78
<PAGE> 84
1,036,574 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, 308,959
shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, 414.03
shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, all of the
previously outstanding shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock had been redeemed, and
no other shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding. As of December 1, 1997, the
Convertible Preferred Stock, the Series 3 Preferred Stock and the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock were held by 20, 13 and 3 holders of record, respectively. The
shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock were purchased upon the formation of IXC
Communications at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. See "Description of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock."
The holders of Series 3 Preferred Stock, subject to the terms of the
Restated Certificate, as amended, are entitled to receive a liquidation
preference of $1,000 per share, plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid
dividends and IXC Communications may voluntarily redeem the Series 3 Preferred
Stock for $1,000 per share, plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid
dividends. In addition, the holders of Series 3 Preferred Stock are entitled to
receive annual dividends, subject to the limitations of the Restated Certificate
and in the Indenture, in an amount equal to $100 per share, plus an amount
determined by applying a 10% annual rate compounded annually, to any accrued but
unpaid dividend amount from the last day of the period when such dividend
accrues to the actual date of payment. Cumulative dividends, including accrued
but unpaid interest, with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock at November 1,
1997, were approximately $.3 million. Although dividends on the Convertible
Preferred Stock may be made, at the option of the Company, in cash or with
additional shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Series 3 Preferred Stock
requires that all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon be paid in cash before
the Company can pay any cash dividends in respect of the Convertible Preferred
Stock. The holders of the Series 3 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class,
have the right to elect one member of the Board of Directors.
On October 31, 1997, the Company consummated the Series 3 Tender Offer to
exchange shares of the Common Stock for all its issued and outstanding shares of
the Series 3 Preferred Stock. Each holder that tendered its shares of Series 3
Preferred Stock received approximately 49.85 shares of Common Stock for each
share of Series 3 Preferred Stock tendered. The number of shares of Common Stock
issued for each share of Series 3 Preferred Stock tendered was calculated by
dividing the aggregate per share liquidation preference, including accrued and
unpaid dividends, on one share of Series 3 Preferred Stock as of October 31,
1997 (the expiration date of the Series 3 Tender Offer) by $33.00 (the last
reported sale price of the Company's Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market
on October 31, 1997). The aggregate liquidation preference, including accrued
and unpaid dividends, on the Series 3 Preferred Stock at October 31, 1997, was
approximately $20.6 million (or $1,645 per share). The Common Stock issued in
connection with the Series 3 Tender Offer was not registered under the
Securities Act. Over 95% of the shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock were tendered
prior to the expiration of the Series 3 Tender Offer.
The Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the
holders, unless previously redeemed, at any time into shares of Common Stock at
a rate (subject to adjustment in certain events) of 4.263 shares of Common Stock
for each share of Convertible Preferred Stock, equivalent to a conversion price
of $23.46 for each share of Common Stock. Dividends on the Convertible Preferred
Stock accrue at a rate per annum of 7 1/4% per share on the liquidation
preference thereof of $100 per share ($7.25 per annum per share). Dividends
payable prior to or on June 30, 1999, are, at the option of the Company, payable
(i) in cash or (ii) through the issuance of additional shares of Convertible
Preferred Stock equal to the dividend amount divided by the liquidation
preference of such additional shares. After March 31, 1999, to the extent and
for so long as the Company is not permitted to pay cash dividends on the
Convertible Preferred Stock by the terms of any then outstanding indebtedness or
any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is subject, the Company
will be required to pay dividends, which shall accrue at the rate per annum of
8 3/4%, through the issuance of additional shares of Convertible Preferred
Stock.
The Board of Directors of IXC Communications has the authority to issue the
Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the price, rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates,
conversion rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation
preferences, voting rights and the number of shares consisting of any series or
the designation of such series without further vote or action by the
stockholders. The issuance of Preferred Stock (or the ability of the Board of
Directors to
79
<PAGE> 85
issue Preferred Stock) may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing
a change in control of IXC Communications without further action by the
stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders
of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock with voting or conversion
rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
In June 1996, IXC Communications granted certain registration rights to
GEPT, GHI and Richard D. Irwin, Ralph J. Swett, John J. Willingham, Carl W.
McKinzie and Phillip L. Williams, in consideration of the sale of Common Stock
to GEPT and the lock-up arrangements each of the parties entered into in
connection with the Company's initial public offering of its Common Stock which
occurred in July 1996. Such registration rights cover all the shares of Common
Stock of IXC Communications held by such persons or their transferees (a total
of approximately 19.5 million shares) which demand registration rights became
exercisable on May 15, 1997. Subject to certain exceptions, whenever IXC
Communications registers any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act during
the period the agreement is effective, whether or not for sale for its own
account, the holders of such registration rights are entitled to written notice
of the registration and are entitled to include (at IXC Communications' expense)
such Common Stock in such registration. GEPT also has the right, subject to
certain limitations, to require IXC Communications to use its best efforts to
file registration statements under the Securities Act covering Common Stock held
by GEPT. All fees, costs and expenses of such registrations (other than
underwriting discounts and commissions) will be borne by IXC Communications.
The former shareholders of Telecom One and their transferees and assignees
(the "Telecom One Holders") were also granted registration rights with respect
to the shares of Common Stock issued by the Company for such acquisition which
occurred in June 1997. In connection with the sale of the Convertible Preferred
Stock, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers of the Convertible Preferred Stock, which required the Company, at
its cost, to file a shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders
of the Convertible Preferred Stock with respect to the Convertible Preferred
Stock and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof. On August
28, 1997, the Commission declared effective a shelf registration statement filed
by the Company pursuant to its obligations with respect to the holders of the
Convertible Preferred Stock and with respect to the Telecom One Holders. In
addition, the Telecom One Holders have been granted registration rights with
respect to the shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Company in 1999 for
such acquisition. Although the Company cannot presently determine the number of
shares to be issued to the Telecom One Holders in 1999, the Company believes it
is unlikely to exceed 200,000 shares of Common Stock.
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CHARTER, THE BYLAWS AND THE
INDENTURE
The Bylaws of IXC Communications provide that stockholders may call a
special meeting of stockholders only upon a request of stockholders owning at
least 50% of IXC Communications' outstanding capital stock entitled to vote. In
addition, in the event of a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the
Indenture) (i) holders of the Senior Notes will have the right to require IXC
Communications to purchase their Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price
equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages (as such term is defined in the Indenture), if
any, to the date of purchase, and (ii) subject to applicable provisions of state
law, the restrictions of the Indenture and the Series 3 Preferred Stock, the
Company will be obligated to repurchase all or any part of the outstanding
Convertible Preferred Stock or to adjust its conversion price. These provisions,
as well as the authorized and unissued preferred stock described above, could
discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change
in control or management of IXC Communications.
SECTION 203 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
IXC Communications is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to
certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in certain
"business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a period of three
years following the date that such stockholder became an interested
80
<PAGE> 86
stockholder, unless the transaction is approved in a prescribed manner. The
business combinations to which Section 203 applies include a merger, asset sale
or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholders. In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as a
person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three
years, did own) 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
LISTING
The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"IIXC."
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
On October 5, 1995, IXC Communications issued and sold its Senior Notes in
the aggregate principal amount of $285.0 million to a group of institutional and
accredited investors. Of the approximately $268.8 million net proceeds of such
sale, IXC Communications placed $200.0 million into an escrow account to be used
for the Network expansion, debt service of the Senior Notes and other capital
expenditures. The Company has fully utilized all amounts in such escrow account.
On August 2, 1996, IXC Communications consummated its offer with certain holders
to exchange its 12.5% Series A Senior Notes due 2005 for 12.5% Series B Senior
Notes due 2005 registered under the Securities Act as required by a registration
rights agreement among IXC Communications and the initial purchasers named
therein. The Senior Notes Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other
things, limit the ability of IXC Communications and certain of its subsidiaries
(the "Restricted Subsidiaries") to incur additional indebtedness and issue
preferred stock, pay dividends or make other distributions, repurchase Equity
Interests (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) or subordinated
indebtedness, create certain liens, enter into certain transactions with
affiliates, sell assets of IXC Communications or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as
defined in the Senior Notes Indenture), issue or sell Equity Interests of IXC
Communications' Restricted Subsidiaries or enter into certain mergers and
consolidations. Pursuant to such covenants, the Company is generally prohibited
by the Senior Notes Indenture from paying dividends on the Convertible Preferred
Stock or the Exchangeable Preferred Stock (or repurchasing Convertible Preferred
Stock or the Exchangeable Preferred Stock following the occurrence of a change
in control) if: (i) the Company is in default under the Senior Notes Indenture;
(ii) the Company's Consolidated Net Worth (as defined in the Senior Notes
Indenture), after giving effect to such dividend or repurchase, would be less
than $50.0 million; (iii) the Company's ratio of Indebtedness to Operating Cash
Flow (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) at the time was greater than or
equal to 5 to 1; or (iv) the sum of such dividend or repurchase, together with
all other dividends (and other restricted payments) made since the initial
issuance of the Senior Notes, would exceed the sum of net proceeds to the
Company from time to time from the sale of Equity Interests plus the Company's
Cumulative Operating Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) (from
January 1, 1996 to the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date
of such dividend) less 1.75 times the Company's Cumulative Total Interest
Expense (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) over the same period. Because
the Company does not satisfy the financial tests included in such covenants, it
is currently prohibited from paying cash dividends on the Convertible Preferred
Stock or the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. The ability of the Company in the
future to pay cash dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock or the
Convertible Preferred Stock will depend on its meeting certain financial
criteria, which in turn will require significant improvements in the Company's
EBITDA and Consolidated Net Worth (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture).
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet such financial
criteria in order to pay cash dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock or
on the Convertible Preferred Stock.
Under certain limited circumstances, IXC Communications will be required to
offer to purchase Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
date of purchase, with the excess proceeds of certain Asset Sales (as defined in
the Senior Notes Indenture). In the event of a change of control, holders of the
Senior Notes will have the right to require IXC Communications to purchase their
Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of purchase.
81
<PAGE> 87
In July 1997, the Company entered into the NTFC Equipment Facility pursuant
to which the Company may borrow up to $28.0 million in connection with the
purchase of certain equipment for use in its Network, provided the Company meets
certain financial tests. The Company is required to make interest payments, and
beginning December 31, 1997, principal payments over a five year period in
quarterly installments under the NTFC Equipment Facility. The obligations under
the NTFC Equipment Facility are secured by the equipment purchased hereunder.
In addition, the Company is engaged in discussions with potential lenders
regarding the Proposed Credit Facility under which it expects to be able to
borrow up to a certain percentage of the amount of eligible accounts receivable.
Although the total availability under the Proposed Credit Facility will vary
from time to time according to the aggregate amount of eligible accounts
receivable, the Company anticipates that the lender will impose a limit on
borrowings under this facility. The Senior Notes Indenture limits the Company
from borrowing under such a facility, if one should be obtained, in excess of
85% of the amount of such eligible accounts receivable. The Company anticipates
that its obligations under the Proposed Credit Facility, if it is obtained, will
be secured by intercompany notes from the subsidiaries owning the accounts
receivable, which notes will in turn be secured by such accounts receivable.
However, there can be no assurance that the Company will obtain such facility.
As of September 30, 1997, the Company's trade accounts receivable (net of
allowance for doubtful accounts) were approximately $74.0 million.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. Federal income tax
considerations relevant to the exchange of Old Preferred Stock for New Preferred
Stock and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax
consequences of such exchange, or all the potential tax effects thereof.
Further, the discussion below is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service
(the "IRS") or the courts. The Company has not sought, and will not seek, any
rulings from the IRS with respect to the positions discussed herein and there
can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning
the tax consequences of the exchange of the Old Preferred Stock for the New
Preferred Stock, or that any such position would not be sustained.
This summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), regulations of the Treasury Department,
administrative rulings and pronouncements of the IRS and judicial decisions
currently in effect, all of which are subject to change, possibly with
retroactive effect. The discussion does not deal with all aspects of U.S.
Federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular investors in light of
their personal investment circumstances (for example, to persons holding the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock or Exchange Debentures as part of a conversion
transaction or as part of a hedge or hedging transaction, or as a position in a
straddle for tax purposes), nor does it discuss U.S. Federal income tax
considerations applicable to certain types of investors subject to special
treatment under the U.S. Federal income tax laws (for example, insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions or broker-dealers,
taxpayers subject to the alternative minimum tax or non-U.S. holders). In
addition, the discussion does not consider the effect of any foreign, state,
local, gift, estate or other tax laws that may be applicable to a particular
investor.
The exchange of Old Preferred Stock for New Preferred Stock will not
constitute a recognition event for federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no
gain or loss will be recognized by a holder on the exchange. Immediately after
the exchange, a holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Preferred Stock will be
the same as the holder's adjusted basis in the Old Preferred Stock immediately
before the exchange. A holder will be considered to have held the New Preferred
Stock from the time the holder originally acquired the Old Preferred Stock.
Dividends on each share of New Preferred Stock will accrue from the last
Dividend Payment Date on the Old Preferred Stock. No additional dividends will
be paid on the Old Preferred Stock tendered and accepted for exchange.
EACH POTENTIAL INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE
PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE
EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND OF HOLDING OR DISPOSING OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES,
INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
82
<PAGE> 88
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission with respect to
similar transactions set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties
unrelated to the Company, the New Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Preferred Stock may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof who are not
"affiliates" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the New Preferred Stock is
acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business, such holders have no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution
(within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Preferred Stock and
neither the holder nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a
distribution of the New Preferred Stock. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Preferred Stock for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Preferred Stock. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of
New Preferred Stock received in exchange for Old Preferred Stock where such Old
Preferred Stock was acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after
the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Preferred
Stock by broker-dealers. New Preferred Stock received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time
in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the New Preferred Stock or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such New
Preferred Stock. Any broker-dealer that resells New Preferred Stock that was
received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Preferred Stock may be
deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any
profit on any such resale of New Preferred Stock and any commissions or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting
compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by,
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-
dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incidental to the Exchange Offer (including the reasonable fees and
disbursements of one counsel for the holders of the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will
indemnify the holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock (including certain
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under
the Securities Act.
Each holder of the Old Preferred Stock who wishes to exchange its Old
Preferred Stock for New Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer will be required
to make certain representations to the Company as set forth in "The Exchange
Offer -- Terms and Conditions of the Letter of Transmittal." The Company has not
entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the
New Preferred Stock to be received in the Exchange Offer and, as of the
Expiration Date, to the best of the Company's information and belief, each
person participating in the Exchange Offer will be acquiring the New Preferred
Stock in its ordinary course of business and will not have any arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New
Preferred Stock to be received in the Exchange Offer.
83
<PAGE> 89
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the New Preferred Stock and the Exchange Debentures will be
passed upon for IXC Communications by Riordan & McKinzie, Los Angeles,
California, but investors exchanging Exchangeable Preferred Stock in the
Exchange Offer and other purchasers of Exchangeable Preferred Stock should not
rely on Riordan & McKinzie with respect to any other matters. Carl W. McKinzie,
a director and stockholder of IXC Communications, is a stockholder of Riordan &
McKinzie. IXC Communications has granted an option covering shares of Common
Stock to another stockholder of Riordan & McKinzie. Also, certain attorneys of
Riordan & McKinzie beneficially own additional shares of IXC Communications.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of IXC Communications, Inc. at
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996, appearing in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) of IXC
Communications, Inc., have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon included therein and incorporated
by reference herein. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated
herein by reference in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
84
<PAGE> 90
GLOSSARY
Access charges -- The fees paid by long distance carriers to LECs for
originating and terminating long distance calls on their local networks.
ALC -- ALC Communications Corporation, the parent of Allnet. ALC was
acquired by Frontier in August, 1995.
Allnet -- Allnet Communication Services, Inc.
Ameritech -- Ameritech Communications, Inc.
ATM (asynchronous transfer mode) -- An information transfer standard that
is one of a general class of technologies that relay traffic by way of an
address contained within the first five bytes of a standard 53-byte-long packet
or cell. The ATM format can be used by many different information systems,
including local area networks, to deliver traffic at varying rates, permitting a
mix of voice, video and data (multimedia).
AT&T -- AT&T Corp.
Backbone -- The through-portions of a transmission network, as opposed to
spurs which branch off the through portions.
Bandwidth -- The range of frequencies that can be transmitted through a
medium, such as glass fibers, without distortion. The greater the bandwidth, the
greater the information-carrying capacity of such medium.
Broadband -- Broadband communications systems can transmit large quantities
of voice, data and video. Examples of broadband communication systems include
DS-3 fiber optic systems, which can transmit 672 simultaneous voice
conversations, or a broadcast television station signal, that transmits high
resolution audio and video signals into the home. Broadband connectivity is also
an essential element for interactive multimedia applications.
Cable & Wireless -- Cable & Wireless, P.L.C.
CAP (Competitive Access Provider) -- A company that provides its customers
with an alternative to the LEC for local transport of private line, special
access and interstate transport of switched access telecommunications service.
Capacity-intensive -- Refers to products which use comparatively large
amounts of bandwidth.
CCTS -- Consolidated Communications Telecom Services, Inc.
Central Offices -- The switching centers or central switching facilities of
the LECs.
Dedicated -- Refers to telecommunications lines dedicated or reserved for
use by particular customers along predetermined routes.
Digital -- A method of storing, processing and transmitting information
through the use of distinct electronic or optical pulses that represent the
binary digits 0 and 1. Digital transmission and switching technologies (both
fiber and microwave) employ a sequence of these pulses to represent information
as opposed to the continuously variable analog signal. The precise digital
numbers minimize distortion (such as graininess or snow in the case of video
transmission, or static or other background distortion in the case of audio
transmission). Both the Company's microwave and fiber optic facilities transmit
digital information.
Digital route miles -- Route miles of the Company's microwave and fiber
optic routes.
DS-1, DS-3 -- Standard telecommunications industry digital signal formats,
which are distinguishable by bit rate (the number of binary digits (0 and 1)
transmitted per second). DS-0 service has a bit rate of 64 kilobits per second
and can transmit only one voice or data transmission at a time. DS-1 service has
a bit rate of 1.544 megabits per second and can transmit 24 simultaneous voice
or data transmissions. DS-3 service has a bit rate of 45 megabits per second and
can transmit 672 simultaneous voice or data transmissions.
A-1
<PAGE> 91
DS-3 miles -- A measure of the total capacity and length of a transmission
path, calculated as the capacity of the transmission path in DS-3s multiplied by
the length of the path in miles.
DTI -- Digital Teleport, Inc.
EBITDA -- Operating income (loss) plus depreciation and amortization.
EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP, should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared
in accordance with GAAP and is not necessarily comparable with similarly titled
measures for other companies.
800/888 service -- A telecommunications service for businesses that allows
calls to be made to a specific location at no charge to the calling party. Use
of the "800" or "888" service code denotes calls that are to be billed to the
receiving party. A computer database in the provider's network translates the
800 or 888 number into a conventional telephone number.
Enhanced data services -- Products and services designed for the transport
and delivery of integrated information to include voice, data and video and any
combination thereof.
Excel -- EXCEL Communications, Inc.
Facilities-based carrier -- Carriers who own transmission facilities.
FCC -- Federal Communications Commission.
Fiber miles -- The number of fiber route miles of a fiber optic route
multiplied by the number of fiber strands in the route.
Frame Relay -- A high-speed, data-packet switching service used to transmit
data between computers. Frame Relay supports data units of variable lengths at
access speeds ranging from 56 kilobits per second to 1.5 megabits per second.
This service is well-suited for connecting local area networks, but is not
appropriate for voice and video applications due to the variable delays which
can occur. Frame Relay was designed to operate at high speeds on modern fiber
optic networks.
Frontier -- Frontier Corporation.
GAAP -- Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
GE Capital Communication -- GE Capital Communication Services Company.
GEIC -- General Electric Investment Corporation.
GEPT -- General Electric Pension Trust.
GST -- GST Net, Inc.
GTE -- GTE Corporation.
Hubs -- Collection centers located centrally in an area where
telecommunications traffic can be aggregated for transport and distribution.
ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) -- A complex networking concept
designed to provide a variety of voice, data and digital interface standards.
Incorporated into ISDN are many new enhanced services, such as high-speed data
file transfer, desktop video conferencing, telepublishing, telecommuting,
telepresence learning-remote collaboration, data network linking and home
information services.
Interexchange Carrier -- A company providing inter-LATA or long distance
services between LATAs on an intrastate or interstate basis.
Inter-LATA -- InterLATA calls are calls that pass from one LATA to another.
Typically, these calls are referred to as long distance calls.
Intra-LATA -- IntraLATA calls are those local calls that originate and
terminate within the same LATA.
A-2
<PAGE> 92
Intranet -- An infrastructure based on Internet standards and technologies
that provides access to information within limited and well-defined groups such
as universities, governments and other large organizations.
Kilobit -- One thousand bits of information. The information-carrying
capacity (i.e., bandwidth) of a circuit may be measured in "kilobits per
second."
LATAs (local access and transport areas) -- The approximately 200
geographic areas that define the areas between which the RBOCs were prohibited
from providing long distance services prior to the Telecom Act of 1996.
LCI -- LCI International Management Services, Inc.
LEC (local exchange carrier) -- A company providing local telephone
services.
Local loop -- A circuit within a LATA.
MCI -- MCI Communications Corporation.
Megabit -- One million bits of information. The information-carrying
capacity (i.e., bandwidth) of a circuit may be measured in "megabits per
second."
MFS -- MFS Network Technologies, Inc.
MOUs -- Minutes of use of long distance service.
Non-facilities-based carrier -- Carriers that do not own transmission
facilities.
NTFC -- NTFC Capital Corporation.
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48 and OC-192 -- Standard telecommunications industry
measurements for optical transmission capacity distinguishable by bit rate
transmitted per second and the number of voice or data transmissions that can be
simultaneously transmitted through fiber optic cable. An OC-3 is generally
equivalent to three DS-3s and has a bit rate of 155.52 megabits per second and
can transmit 2,016 simultaneous voice or data transmissions. An OC-12 has a bit
rate of 622.08 megabits per second and can transmit 8,064 simultaneous voice or
data transmissions. An OC-48 has a bit rate of 2,488.32 megabits per second and
can transmit 32,256 simultaneous voice or data transmissions. An OC-192 has a
bit rate of 9,953.28 megabits per second and can transmit 129,024 simultaneous
voice or data transmissions.
Off-net -- Refers to circuits on transmission facilities not owned by the
Company.
On-net -- Refers to circuits on transmission facilities owned by the
Company.
Optronic -- a combination of optical and electronic equipment.
Qwest -- Qwest Communications Corporation.
RBOCs (regional Bell operating companies) -- The seven local telephone
companies (formerly part of AT&T) established by court decree in 1982.
Rockwell International -- Rockwell International Corp.
Route miles -- The measure of the length of a transmission path in miles.
SONET (synchronous optical network technology) -- An electronics and
network architecture for variable-bandwidth products which enables transmission
of voice, video and data (multimedia) at very high speeds.
Sprint -- Sprint Corporation.
Switch -- A device that opens or closes circuits or selects the paths or
circuits to be used for transmission of information. Switching is a process of
interconnecting circuits to form a transmission path between users.
A-3
<PAGE> 93
Switched services -- Telecommunications services such as residential long
distance services that are processed through digital switches and delivered over
long-haul circuits and other transmission facilities.
Telecom One -- Telecom One, Inc.
Vyvx -- Vyvx, Inc., a subsidiary of The Williams Companies, Inc.
Westel -- Westel International, Inc.
WilTech -- The WilTech Group.
WilTel -- WilTel Network Services, Inc.
WorldCom -- WorldCom, Inc.
A-4
<PAGE> 94
======================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN
OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY
PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN A CHANGE IN THE
FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE
DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Documents Incorporated by Reference... i
Available Information................. i
Prospectus Summary.................... 1
Risk Factors.......................... 14
The Exchange Offer.................... 27
Use of Proceeds....................... 34
Selected Historical Financial Data.... 35
Management............................ 37
Description of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock..................... 39
Description of the Exchange
Debentures.......................... 52
Description of Capital Stock.......... 78
Description of Certain Indebtedness... 81
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences........................ 82
Plan of Distribution.................. 83
Legal Matters......................... 84
Experts............................... 84
Glossary.............................. A-1
</TABLE>
======================================================
======================================================
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
450,000 SHARES
OF 12 1/2% SERIES B
JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED
STOCK OF
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
------------------------
PROSPECTUS
------------------------
DECEMBER 15, 1997
======================================================
<PAGE> 95
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
IXC Communications, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Article VII, Section 8
of IXC Communications' Bylaws provides that IXC Communications shall indemnify
its officers, directors, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"). Section 145 of the DGCL provides
that a Delaware corporation has the power to indemnify its officers and
directors in certain circumstances.
Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a corporation to
indemnify any director or officer, or former director or officer, who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation),
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding provided that such director or officer acted in good faith in
a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, provided that such director or officer had no cause to believe his
or her conduct was unlawful.
Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any
director or officer, or former director or officer, who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth
above, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the
defense or settlement of such action or suit provided that such director or
officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no
indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which
such director or officer shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or
the court in which such action was brought shall determine that despite the
adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case,
such director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses which the court shall deem proper.
Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a
corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding
referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection
therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled;
and that the corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability
asserted against him or her or incurred by him or her in any such capacity or
arising out of his or her status as such whether or not the corporation would
have the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities under Section
145.
Article Tenth of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IXC
Communications currently provides that each director shall not be personally
liable to IXC Communications or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability: (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to IXC Communications or its stockholders; (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law; (iii) for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful
stock repurchases or redemptions as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.
II-1
<PAGE> 96
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of IXC Communications, Inc. Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997 filed with the
Commission on November 14, 1997, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-Q/A filed
with the Commission on December 12, 1997 (as amended, the "September 30, 1997
10-Q")).
3.2 Bylaws of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.2 of the September 30, 1997 10-Q).
4.1+ Certificate of Designation of the Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
Optional and Other Special Rights of 12 1/2% Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due
2009 and 12 1/2% Series B Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009 and
Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof.
4.2 Indenture dated as of October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications, Inc., on its
behalf and as successor-in-interest to I-Link Holdings, Inc. and IXC Carrier Group,
Inc., each of IXC Carrier, Inc., on its behalf and as successor-in-interest to
I-Link, Inc., CTI Investments, Inc., Texas Microwave, Inc. and WTM Microwave, Inc.,
Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company, Central States Microwave
Transmission Company, Telcom Engineering, Inc., on its behalf and as
successor-in-interest to SWTT Company and Microwave Network, Inc., Tower
Communication Systems Corp., West Texas Microwave Company, Western States Microwave
Transmission Company, Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., IXC Long Distance, Inc., Link
Net International, Inc. (collectively, the "Guarantors"), and IBJ Schroder Bank &
Trust Company, as Trustee, with respect to the 12 1/2% Series A and Series B Senior
Notes due 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of IXC Communications,
Inc.'s and each of the Guarantor's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the
Commission on April 11, 1996 (File No. 333-2936) (the "S-4")).
4.3 Purchase Agreement dated October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications, Inc. and
the Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the S-4).
4.4 A/B Exchange Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and among
IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the Purchasers named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the S-4).
4.5 Escrow Account and Disbursement Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and among
IXC Communications, Inc., IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Escrow Holder, and
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.4 of the S-4).
4.6 Escrow Account Security Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the S-4).
4.7 Form of 12 1/2% Series A Senior Notes due 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.6 of the S-4).
4.8 Form of 12 1/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2005 and Subsidiary Guarantee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the S-1).
4.9 Amendment No. 1 to Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of June 4, 1996 by
and among IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the Trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the S-1).
4.10 Stock Exchange Agreement dated as of June 10, 1996 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc., and Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust ("GEPT")
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the S-1).
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE> 97
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
4.12 Purchase Agreement dated as of March 25, 1997 by and among IXC Communications, Inc.,
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation ("CS First Boston") and Dillon Read & Co.
Inc. ("Dillon Read") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of IXC
Communications, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1997 (the "March 31, 1997 10-Q").
4.13 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 25, 1997 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc., CS First Boston and Dillon Read (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.13 of the March 31, 1997 10-Q).
4.14 Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 25, 1997 by and between
IXC Communications, Inc. and GEPT (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the
March 31, 1997 10-Q).
4.15 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 8, 1997 among IXC Communications,
Inc. and each of William G. Rodi, Gordon Hutchins, Jr. and William F. Linsmeier
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 of IXC Communications, Inc. Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, as filed with the
Commission on August 6, 1997, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-Q/A filed
with the Commission on August 12, 1997 and Amendment No. 2 on Form 10-Q/A filed with
the Commission on December 10, 1997 (as amended, the "June 30, 1997 10-Q")).
4.16 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 8, 1997 among IXC Communications,
Inc. and each of William G. Rodi, Gordon Hutchins, Jr. and William F. Linsmeier
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the June 30, 1997 10-Q).
4.17 Purchase Agreement dated as of August 14, 1997 by and among IXC Communications, Inc.
and the initial purchasers named in Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 of IXC Communications, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 20,
1997 and filed with the Commission on August 28, 1997 (the "8-K")).
4.18 Indenture dated as of August 15, 1997 between IXC Communications, Inc. and The Bank
of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the 8-K).
4.19 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 14, 1997 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc. and the purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.3 of the 8-K).
5.1* Opinion of Riordan & McKinzie, a Professional Law Corporation regarding the validity
of the issuance of the securities registered hereunder.
10.1 Office Lease dated June 21, 1989 with USAA Real Estate Company, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the S-4).
10.2 Equipment Lease dated as of December 1, 1994 by and between DSC Finance Corporation
and Switched Services Communications, L.L.C.; Assignment Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1994 by and between Switched Services Communications, L.L.C. and DSC
Finance Corporation; and Guaranty dated December 1, 1994 made in favor of DSC
Finance Corporation by IXC Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the S-4).
10.3 Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the June 30, 1997 10-Q).
10.4 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1994 Stock Plan of IXC
Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the S-4).
10.5 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the S-4).
10.6 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the S-4).
10.7 Amended and Restated Development Agreement by and between Intertech Management
Group, Inc. and IXC Long Distance, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
of the S-4).
10.8 Second Amended and Restated Service Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 by and
between Switched Services Communications, L.L.C. and Excel Telecommunications, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the S-4).
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 98
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
10.9 Equipment Purchase Agreement dated as of January 16, 1996 by and between Siecor
Corporation and IXC Carrier, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the
S-4).
10.10 1996 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.10 of IXC Communications, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1996 filed with the Commission on March 28, 1997 (the "10-K")).
10.11 IRU Agreement dated as of November 1995 between WorldCom, Inc. and IXC Carrier, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the S-4).
10.12 IXC Communications, Inc. Outside Directors' Phantom Stock Plan, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the 10-K).
10.13+ Business Consultant and Management Agreement dated as of March 1, 1997 by and
between IXC Communications, Inc. and Culp Communications Associates.
10.14 Employment Agreement dated December 28, 1995 by and between IXC Communications, Inc.
and James F. Guthrie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the S-1).
10.15 Employment Agreement dated August 28, 1995, by and between IXC Communications, Inc.
and David J. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the S-1).
10.16 Special Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.16 of the 10-K).
10.17 Lease dated as of June 4, 1997 between IXC Communications, Inc. and Carramerca
Realty, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the June 30, 1997 10-Q).
10.18 Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 1997 between IXC Carrier, Inc. and
NFTC Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the June 30,
1997 10-Q).
10.19 IRU and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 22, 1997 between IXC Internet
Services, Inc. and PSINet Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the
September 30, 1997 10-Q).
10.20 Joint Marketing and Services Agreement dated as of July 22, 1997 between IXC
Internet Services, Inc. and PSINet Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20
of the September 30, 1997 10-Q).
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Filed herewith
+ Previously filed.
II-4
<PAGE> 99
(b) Not Applicable
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: (a) to
include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(b) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
Registration Statement; (c) to include any material information with
respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the
Registration Statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be
deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by registrant
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of
registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.
(e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through the
date of responding to the request.
II-5
<PAGE> 100
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin,
State of Texas, on December 12, 1997.
IXC Communications, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ James F. Guthrie
------------------------------------
James F. Guthrie
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------------------------------- --------------------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman and Director December 12, 1997
---------------------------- (Principal Executive Officer)
Ralph J. Swett
/s/ Benjamin L. Scott President, Chief Executive December 12, 1997
---------------------------- Officer
Benjamin L. Scott and Director
/s/ James F. Guthrie Executive Vice President and December 12, 1997
---------------------------- Chief
James F. Guthrie Financial Officer (Principal
Financial
and Accounting Officer)
* Director December 12, 1997
----------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director December 12, 1997
----------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director December 12, 1997
----------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director December 12, 1997
----------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
* Director December 12, 1997
----------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* By: /s/ Jeffrey C. Smith
- ---------------------------------
Jeffrey C. Smith
Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 101
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IXC Communications, Inc., as
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of IXC Communications,
Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
1997 filed with the Commission on November 14, 1997, as amended by
Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on December 12,
1997 (as amended, the "September 30, 1997 10-Q")).........................
3.2 Bylaws of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 of the September 30, 1997 10-Q)............................
4.1+ Certificate of Designation of the Powers, Preferences and Relative,
Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights of 12 1/2% Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009 and 12 1/2% Series B Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009 and Qualifications, Limitations and
Restrictions Thereof......................................................
4.2 Indenture dated as of October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications,
Inc., on its behalf and as successor-in-interest to I-Link Holdings, Inc.
and IXC Carrier Group, Inc., each of IXC Carrier, Inc., on its behalf and
as successor-in-interest to I-Link, Inc., CTI Investments, Inc., Texas
Microwave, Inc. and WTM Microwave, Inc., Atlantic States Microwave
Transmission Company, Central States Microwave Transmission Company,
Telcom Engineering, Inc., on its behalf and as successor-in-interest to
SWTT Company and Microwave Network, Inc., Tower Communication Systems
Corp., West Texas Microwave Company, Western States Microwave Transmission
Company, Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., IXC Long Distance, Inc., Link Net
International, Inc. (collectively, the "Guarantors"), and IBJ Schroder
Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, with respect to the 12 1/2% Series A and
Series B Senior Notes due 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
of IXC Communications, Inc.'s and each of the Guarantor's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on April 11, 1996 (File
No. 333-2936) (the "S-4"))................................................
4.3 Purchase Agreement dated October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications,
Inc. and the Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 of the S-4)...................................................
4.4 A/B Exchange Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by
and among IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the Purchasers
named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the S-4).......
4.5 Escrow Account and Disbursement Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by
and among IXC Communications, Inc., IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
Escrow Holder, and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Collateral Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the S-4).....................
4.6 Escrow Account Security Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and
between IXC Communications, Inc. and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the S-4).....................
4.7 Form of 12 1/2% Series A Senior Notes due 2005 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.6 of the S-4)................................................
4.8 Form of 12 1/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2005 and Subsidiary Guarantee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the S-1).....................
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 102
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
4.9 Amendment No. 1 to Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of June 4,
1996 by and among IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the Trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the S-1)....................
4.10 Stock Exchange Agreement dated as of June 10, 1996 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc., and Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust
("GEPT") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the S-1)...........
4.12 Purchase Agreement dated as of March 25, 1997 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation ("CS First
Boston") and Dillon Read & Co. Inc. ("Dillon Read") (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.12 of IXC Communications, Inc. Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 (the "March 31, 1997
10-Q")....................................................................
4.13 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 25, 1997 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc., CS First Boston and Dillon Read (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the March 31, 1997 10-Q).....................
4.14 Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 25, 1997 by
and between IXC Communications, Inc. and GEPT (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.14 of the March 31, 1997 10-Q)...............................
4.15 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 8, 1997 among IXC
Communications, Inc. and each of William G. Rodi, Gordon Hutchins, Jr. and
William F. Linsmeier (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 of IXC
Communications, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 1997, as filed with the Commission on August 6, 1997, as amended
by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on August 12,
1997 and Amendment No. 2 on Form 10-Q/A filed with the Commission on
December 10, 1997 (as amended, the "June 30, 1997 10-Q")).................
4.16 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 8, 1997 among IXC
Communications, Inc. and each of William G. Rodi, Gordon Hutchins, Jr. and
William F. Linsmeier (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of the
June 30, 1997 10-Q).......................................................
4.17 Purchase Agreement dated as of August 14, 1997 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc. and the initial purchasers named in Schedule A
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of IXC Communications,
Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 20, 1997 and filed with the
Commission on August 28, 1997 (the "8-K"))................................
4.18 Indenture dated as of August 15, 1997 between IXC Communications, Inc. and
The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the
8-K)......................................................................
4.19 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 14, 1997 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc. and the purchasers named therein (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the 8-K)......................................
5.1* Opinion of Riordan & McKinzie, a Professional Law Corporation regarding
the validity of the issuance of the securities registered hereunder.......
10.1 Office Lease dated June 21, 1989 with USAA Real Estate Company, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the S-4)....................
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 103
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
10.2 Equipment Lease dated as of December 1, 1994 by and between DSC Finance
Corporation and Switched Services Communications, L.L.C.; Assignment
Agreement dated as of December 1, 1994 by and between Switched Services
Communications, L.L.C. and DSC Finance Corporation; and Guaranty dated
December 1, 1994 made in favor of DSC Finance Corporation by IXC
Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
S-4)......................................................................
10.3 Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc., as
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the June 30, 1997
10-Q).....................................................................
10.4 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1994 Stock Plan of
IXC Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the
S-4)......................................................................
10.5 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the S-4)..................................
10.6 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the S-4)..................................
10.7 Amended and Restated Development Agreement by and between Intertech
Management Group, Inc. and IXC Long Distance, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the S-4).....................................
10.8 Second Amended and Restated Service Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996
by and between Switched Services Communications, L.L.C. and Excel
Telecommunications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the
S-4)......................................................................
10.9 Equipment Purchase Agreement dated as of January 16, 1996 by and between
Siecor Corporation and IXC Carrier, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 of the S-4)..................................................
10.10 1996 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.10 of IXC Communications, Inc. Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 filed with the Commission
on March 28, 1997 (the "10-K"))...........................................
10.11 IRU Agreement dated as of November 1995 between WorldCom, Inc. and IXC
Carrier, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the S-4).....
10.12 IXC Communications, Inc. Outside Directors' Phantom Stock Plan, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the 10-K)..................
10.13+ Business Consultant and Management Agreement dated as of March 1, 1997 by
and between IXC Communications, Inc. and Culp Communications Associates...
10.14 Employment Agreement dated December 28, 1995 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and James F. Guthrie (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.14 of the S-1).................................................
10.15 Employment Agreement dated August 28, 1995, by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and David J. Thomas (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 of the S-1).................................................
10.16 Special Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.16 of the 10-K).............................................
10.17 Lease dated as of June 4, 1997 between IXC Communications, Inc. and
Carramerca Realty, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the
June 30, 1997 10-Q).......................................................
10.18 Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 1997 between IXC Carrier,
Inc. and NFTC Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.18 of the June 30, 1997 10-Q)..........................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 104
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
10.19 IRU and Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 22, 1997 between IXC
Internet Services, Inc. and PSINet Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.19 of the September 30, 1997 10-Q).............................
10.20 Joint Marketing and Services Agreement dated as of July 22, 1997 between
IXC Internet Services, Inc. and PSINet Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.20 of the September 30, 1997 10-Q).............................
10.21* Employment Agreement dated as of September 9, 1997 between Benjamin L.
Scott and IXC Communications, Inc. .......................................
10.22* IXC Communications, Inc. 1997 Special Executive Stock Plan................
11.1* Statement of Computation of Earnings per Share............................
12.1* Statement regarding Computation of Ratios.................................
21.1+ Subsidiaries of IXC Communications, Inc. .................................
23.1* Consent of Riordan & McKinzie (contained in Exhibit 5.1)..................
23.2* Consent of Ernst & Young LLP..............................................
25.1* Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York.............................
99.1* Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to the Exchange Offer..........
99.2* Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.....................................
99.3* Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and other
Nominees..................................................................
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Filed herewith
+ Previously filed.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 5.1
RIORDAN & MCKINZIE
A PROFESSIONAL LAW CORPORATION
695 TOWN CENTER DRIVE, SUITE 1500
COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626
(714) 433-2900
December 15, 1997
9-098-001
IXC Communications, Inc.
1122 South Capital of Texas Highway
Austin, Texas 78746
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to IXC Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), of (i) 308,959 shares (the
"New Preferred Shares") of the Company's 12 1/2% Series B Junior Exchangeable
Preferred Stock Due 2009, $.01 par value per share (the "Exchangeable Preferred
Stock"), (ii) the underlying 12 1/2% Subordinated Exchange Debentures Due 2009
(the "Exchange Debentures") if issued by the Company, and (iii) 141,041 shares
(the "Additional Preferred Shares") of Exchangeable Preferred Stock which may be
issued as payment of dividends in-kind with respect to the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock. The New Preferred Shares are being issued in connection with
the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange the New Preferred Shares
for any and all of the Company's outstanding shares of 12 1/2% Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009 (the "Old Preferred Shares"). This opinion
is delivered to you in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of
Regulation S-K under the 1933 Act in connection with the Registration Statement
on Form S-4, including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments thereto
(the "Registration Statement"), with respect to the Exchange Offer, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the 1933 Act.
In rendering the opinion set forth herein, we have made such
investigations of fact and law, and examined such documents and instruments, or
copies thereof established to our satisfaction to be true and correct copies
thereof, as we have deemed necessary under the circumstances.
<PAGE> 2
IXC Communications, Inc.
December 15, 1997
Page 2
Based upon the foregoing and such other examination of law and fact as
we have deemed necessary, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that:
1. The New Preferred Shares have been duly authorized and, upon
issuance and delivery against proper tender of the Old Preferred Shares pursuant
to the terms of the Exchange Offer as described in the Registration Statement
and the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the
"Restated Certificate"), will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
2. The Exchange Debentures, if authorized and issued by the Company
pursuant to the terms of the Restated Certificate, will constitute the legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Company.
3. The Additional Preferred Shares, when authorized by the Company's
Board of Directors as payment of dividends in-kind with respect to the New
Preferred Shares in accordance with the Restated Certificate, will be duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
The enforceability of the Exchange Debentures is subject to the
following exceptions, limitations and qualifications:
(a) the effect upon the Exchange Debentures of bankruptcy,
insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors rights
generally;
(b) general principles of equity, whether considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law, and the discretion of the court before which any
proceeding therefor may be brought;
(c) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of certain
remedial and exculpatory provisions including (i) certain self-help provisions
and provisions which purport to create evidentiary standards; (ii) provisions
which purport to restrict access to legal or equitable remedies or to waive or
release any statutory provisions or common law rights or benefits that may not
be waived or released; (iii) under certain circumstances, provisions declaring
that the failure to exercise or delay in exercising rights or remedies will not
operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy; and (iv) provisions imposing
penalties, forfeitures, late payment charges or an increase in interest rate
upon delinquency in payment or the occurrence of a default;
(d) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of
provisions in agreements which purport to bind persons or entities not parties
thereto;
<PAGE> 3
IXC Communications, Inc.
December 15, 1997
Page 3
(e) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of
provisions which purport to establish consent to the subject matter jurisdiction
of any court;
(f) the unenforceability, under circumstances, of provisions
regarding indemnification against, or contribution with respect to, liabilities
where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy;
(g) provisions that permit any person to take action or make
determinations, or to benefit from indemnities or similar undertakings, may be
subject to requirements that such action be taken or such determinations be
made, or that any action or inaction by such person that may give rise to a
request for payment under such an indemnity or similar undertaking be taken or
not taken, on a reasonable basis and in good faith;
(h) under certain circumstances, the requirement that provisions
may be modified or waived only in writing or only in a specific instance may be
unenforceable to the extent that an oral agreement has been effected or a course
of dealing has occurred modifying such provisions;
(i) the authority of a court to modify or limit contractual
awards of attorneys fees;
(j) statutory provisions and case law that provide that, in
certain circumstances, a surety or guarantor may be exonerated if the creditor
materially alters the original obligation of the principal without the consent
of the guarantor, elects remedies for default which impair the subrogation
rights of the surety or guarantor against the principal or otherwise takes any
action without notifying the guarantor which materially prejudices the surety or
guarantor; and
(k) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of
provisions waiving vaguely or broadly stated rights or unknown future rights and
of provisions stating that rights or remedies are not exclusive, that every
right or remedy is cumulative and may be exercised in addition to or with any
other right or remedy or that election of some particular remedy or remedies
does not preclude recourse to one or more others.
The opinion set forth in paragraph 2 above is given in respect
of the Exchange Debentures only, and we express no opinion as to the legality,
validity or binding effect of any
<PAGE> 4
IXC Communications, Inc.
December 15, 1997
Page 4
collateral agreement or other document or any other matter beyond the matters
expressly set forth herein. To the extent that the obligations of the Company
under the Indenture relating to the Exchange Debentures (the "Indenture")
between the Company and The Bank of New York (the "Trustee") may be dependent
upon such matters, we assume for purposes of this opinion that the Trustee is
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of organization; that the Trustee is duly qualified to engage in
the activities contemplated by the Indenture; that the Indenture has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee and constitutes the valid,
binding and enforceable obligation of the Trustee; that the Trustee is in
compliance, generally and with respect to acting as a trustee under the
Indenture, with all applicable laws and regulations; and that the Trustee has
the requisite corporate and legal power and authority to perform its obligations
under the Indenture.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement.
In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of
persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules
and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ RIORDAN & MCKINZIE
---------------------------------
Riordan & McKinzie
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.21
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into effective as of
September 9, 1997 by and between IXC Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Company"), and Benjamin L. Scott ("Employee").
ARTICLE I
EMPLOYMENT
The Company hereby employs Employee and Employee hereby accepts
employment with the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth below.
1.1 TERM.
-----
(a) The Company acknowledges the obligation of Employee to
give thirty-day notice of termination to his prior employer. However,
Employee must commence employment with the Company no later than
October 31, 1997, with the actual date that the Employee commences
employment with the Company to be referred to in this Agreement as the
Employee's "Commencement Date." The term of this Agreement will
continue for five (5) years from the Commencement Date.
(b) This Agreement will terminate prior to the date specified
in Paragraph (a) above, upon the earliest to occur of any of the
following events:
(i) On the six (6) month anniversary of the
Commencement Date if, as of that date, Employee has not
permanently relocated himself and Employee's immediate family
to Austin, Texas or within twenty (20) miles of its city
limits ("Austin Area");
(ii) After having moved to the Austin Area within the
time period specified in Subparagraph (i) above, on the date
that Employee and his immediate family cease to be permanent
residents in the Austin Area. In the event of a personal
hardship, the Board of Directors of the Company ("Board of
Directors") will not unreasonably withhold its consent to a
request by Employee for an exception to this Subparagraph
(ii);
(iii) Upon written notice to Employee that the Board
of Directors has determined that Employee should be terminated
for Cause, as that term is defined in Section 2.4(i) of this
Agreement; or
(iv) Upon the Employee's death, Disability (as that
term is defined in Internal Revenue Code ("Code") Section
22(e)(3)), or voluntary termination of employment by Employee.
<PAGE> 2
1.2 DUTIES.
-------
(a) Employee agrees to serve as President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company as well as of its major subsidiaries or in such
other capacity or capacities as the Board of Directors may reasonably
require that are consistent with his position, provided that the duties
and responsibilities of Employee are not materially diminished and
there is no change in his title or reporting responsibilities.
(b) Employee will report directly to the Board of Directors.
(c) Employee will become the Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Company no later than thirty (30) days after the 1998
Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company. If that does not occur,
Employee may elect, in his sole and absolute discretion, to voluntarily
resign and:
(i) Become fully vested in his Option (issued
pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Agreement);
(ii) Receive two (2) year's base salary, payable at
the regular payroll periods;
(iii) Receive a prorata portion of Employee's
guaranteed bonus of two hundred twenty-five thousand dollars
($225,000), as set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement;
(iv) Receive the remaining three hundred thousand
dollar ($300,000) installment of his sign-on bonus, payable at
the time set forth in Section of this Agreement; and
(v) The Company agrees, under those circumstances, to
forgive the entire outstanding loan (including any accrued
interest) provided to Employee under Section 2.3(b) of this
Agreement.
ARTICLE II
COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
2.1 COMPENSATION.
-------------
(a) As compensation for accepting employment with the Company,
Employee will receive the sum of six hundred and fifty thousand dollars
($650,000), three hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($350,000) of
which will be paid on the Commencement Date and three hundred thousand
dollars ($300,000) of which will be paid on January 1, 1999.
- 2 -
<PAGE> 3
(i) Employee may elect to defer the receipt of such
amounts no later than two (2) weeks prior to the date such
amounts would otherwise be paid, and any such election shall
be irrevocable.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to
the contrary, in the event Employee's employment is terminated
for any reason, Employee shall be entitled to the three
hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) installment set forth
above, if not previously paid, on January 1, 1999.
(b) As compensation for the services to be rendered under this
Agreement, Employee will be entitled to receive from the Company an
annual base salary of three hundred fifty thousand dollars ($350,000),
payable bi-weekly, and an annual bonus for the twelve (12) month period
beginning on the Commencement Date ("Employment Year") of two hundred
twenty-five thousand dollars ($225,000) payable on October 31, 1998.
(c) With respect to periods after the end of Employee's first
Employment Year, bonuses, if any, are awarded by, and at the direction
of, the Board of Directors. Employee will have the opportunity to earn
an annual incentive bonus. It is anticipated that such bonus will
approximate fifty percent (50%) of the Employee's base salary if the
Performance Goals (as that term is defined in Section 2.4(i) of this
Agreement) are achieved and Employee's performance under this Agreement
is satisfactory. Such bonus amount could be substantially more if the
Performance Goals are substantially exceeded.
(d) Employee's base salary may be increased from time to time
in accordance with the Company's policies and procedures.
(e) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section
2.1, to the extent necessary to comply with the million dollar
compensation deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code, the
payment of items of compensation to Employee (including any amounts
described in Section 2.3 of this Agreement that are includible in
Employee's income) that would otherwise be nondeductible because of the
application of that limitation will be nonforfeitable and an absolute
obligation of the Company, but the payment will be deferred until those
amounts will be deductible. Any amounts so deferred will accrue
interest at the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum, compounded
annually.
2.2 BENEFITS. The Company will make available to Employee the
group-term life insurance coverage and medical benefits comparable to those
currently provided to the Chairman of the Company. Other fringe benefits that
Employee will receive will include dental insurance, participation in the
Company's 401(k) Plan, as well as the reimbursement of reasonable and
appropriate business expenses, including the use of a cellular phone, all in
accordance with the Company's stated policies and procedures. Some of the
specific fringe benefits to be provided to Employee include, but are not limited
to, the following:
- 3 -
<PAGE> 4
(a) An annual automobile allowance of twelve thousand dollars
($12,000) payable in monthly installments;
(b) Five (5) weeks of vacation with respect to each Employment
Year; and
(c) Disability insurance providing a benefit equal to
seventy-five percent (75%) of Employee's base salary. The Employee
shall be permitted to pay the minimum amount necessary so that any
Disability benefits received by the Employee will not be subject to
federal income tax.
2.3 RELOCATION COSTS.
-----------------
(a) The Company will reimburse Employee for:
(i) The reasonable costs of moving Employee's
household goods from Dallas, Texas to the Austin Area;
(ii) The closing costs of selling Employee's home in
Dallas, Texas, not to exceed the usual and customary costs of
closing to be borne by the seller of a home in Dallas, Texas,
including a reasonable broker's commission; and
(iii) The closing costs of purchasing a home in the
Austin Area, not to exceed the usual and customary costs of
closing to be borne by the buyer of a home in the Austin Area.
(b) The Company will loan Employee up to five hundred thousand
dollars ($500,000) to be applied to the purchase of a home in the
Austin Area that is comparable to Employee's current home in Dallas,
Texas. This amount will become payable by the Company no later than
seven (7) days prior to the closing of the escrow (or at a prior time
when those amounts become payable by Employee). This amount must be
returned to the Company, should the Employee not actually purchase the
home. The amount of the loan will be the difference between (i) the net
purchase price of a comparable home in the Austin, Area, and (ii) the
net selling price of Employee's home in Dallas, Texas. For example, if
the net purchase price of the home in the Austin Area is $1,250,000 and
the net selling price of Employee's home in Dallas, Texas is $750,000,
the loan will be for $500,000. If the net purchase price for a
comparable home is $1,000,000 and the net selling price is $750,000,
the loan will be for $250,000. Such loan will bear interest at the rate
of seven percent (7%) per annum, compounded annually, will be secured
by a junior deed of trust on the house purchased by Employee, and will
be due and payable one hundred twenty (120) days after termination of
Employee's employment with the Company. The loan, including all
interest accrued thereon, will be subject to forgiveness at the time
of, and in accordance with, the following provisions:
- 4 -
<PAGE> 5
(i) Twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding balance
of the loan, including all interest accrued thereon, will be
forgiven on each anniversary of the Commencement Date,
provided Employee is still employed by the Company on that
date.
(ii) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change
in Control" means any of the following:
(A) A successful tender offer for greater
than forty-five percent (45%) of the outstanding
capital stock of the Company;
(B) A sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company; or
(C) A merger or consolidation of the Company
with any other corporation in which the stockholders
of the Company immediately preceding such merger or
consolidation will not hold at least fifty-one
percent (51%) of the outstanding capital stock of the
surviving corporation (whether or not the Company is
the surviving corporation) immediately after such
merger or consolidation.
(iii) The outstanding balance of the loan, including
all interest accrued thereon, will be forgiven upon the:
(A) Employee's death or Disability during
the term of this Agreement;
(B) Employee's voluntary resignation
pursuant to Section 1.2(c) of this Agreement;
(C) Termination of employment by Employee
upon a Change in Control; or
(D) Company's termination of the employment
of Employee without Cause (as that term is defined in
Section 2.4(i) of this Agreement).
2.4 STOCK OPTION.
-------------
(a) The Company will grant a nonqualified stock option to
Employee allowing Employee to purchase five hundred thousand (500,000)
shares of common stock of the Company ("Option"). The term of the
Option will be for ten (10) years.
- 5 -
<PAGE> 6
(b) The exercise price per share under the Option will be
twenty-seven dollars and fifty cents ($27.50), which was the closing
price of the stock on September 9, 1997.
(c) The Option will vest in equal installments over a five (5)
year period on the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth
anniversaries of the Commencement Date. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, in no event will Employee vest upon any
anniversary of the Commencement Date unless Employee is employed by the
Company on such date.
(d) If Employee voluntarily resigns or is terminated for Cause
(as that term is defined in Paragraph (i) below) prior to the
expiration of this Agreement, Employee can exercise the vested portion
of the Option not later than the ninetieth (90th) day following the
effective date of his resignation or termination, at which time the
unexercised portion of the Option (whether vested or not) will be
forfeited.
(e) If Employee is terminated for a reason that does not
constitute Cause prior to the expiration of this Agreement, the entire
Option will become immediately exercisable and remain exercisable for
ninety (90) days following the effective date of his termination, at
which time the unexercised portion of the Option will be forfeited.
(f) Upon the death or Disability of the Employee:
(i) Employee will be entitled to the additional
vesting (if applicable) at the end of the Employment Year
during which the Employee's death or Disability occurs; and
(ii) Employee (or his personal representative or
estate, whichever is applicable) can exercise the vested
portion of the Option not later than one (1) year following
the date of his death or Disability, at which time the
unexercised portion of the Option (whether vested or not) will
be forfeited.
(g) If there is a Change in Control of the Company (as that
term is defined in Section 2.3(b)(ii) of this Agreement), the Option
will become immediately vested, unless the Company desires to use, and
the acceleration of vesting would prevent the Company from using, the
"pooling of interests" accounting method in connection with the Change
in Control. Notwithstanding that acceleration in the vesting of the
Option would be available, Employee may elect not to have the vesting
accelerated.
(h) Although no antidilution rights are granted to Employee,
should any such rights subsequently be granted to the other senior
executive officers of the Company, such rights will be similarly
extended to Employee, provided that Employee remains employed by the
Company at that time.
- 6 -
<PAGE> 7
(i) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Cause" means any
of the following:
(i) Employee's failure or refusal to:
(A) Materially perform his duties and
responsibilities as set forth in Section 1.2 of this
Agreement; or
(B) Devote all of his business time and
attention exclusively to the business and affairs of
the Company in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement;
in each case if such failure or refusal is not cured within
thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Employee by
the Company;
(ii) The willful misappropriation by Employee of the
funds or property of the Company;
(iii) The use of alcohol or illegal drugs, materially
interfering with the performance of Employee's obligations
under this Agreement, continuing after written warning;
(iv) Conviction of Employee in a court of law of, or
entering a plea of guilty or no contest to, any felony or any
crime involving moral turpitude, dishonesty, or theft;
(v) The commission in bad faith by the Employee of
any act which materially injures or could reasonably be
expected to materially injure the reputation, business, or
business relationships of the Company;
(vi) Any material breach (not covered by any of
Subparagraphs (i) through (v) of this Paragraph (i)) of any
term, provision, or condition of this Agreement, if such
breach is not cured within thirty (30) days after written
notice thereof to Employee by the Company; or
(vii) Material failure to meet the Annual Performance
Goals after Employee is provided with written notice by the
Board of Directors of any such material failure and three (3)
months after such notice Employee fails to meet the Interim
Performance Goals for such three (3) month period.
(A) For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Annual Performance Goals" shall mean the targeted
performance goals established for the Company by
Employee and adopted by the Board of Directors for
one (1) year, and the term "Interim Performance
Goals"
- 7 -
<PAGE> 8
shall mean the reasonable targeted performance goals
established by the Board of Directors for the three
(3) month period following the failure to satisfy the
Annual Performance Goals.
(B) If Employee's employment is terminated
pursuant to this Subparagraph (vii), Employee will be
entitled to receive two (2) year's base salary at his
then current rate (payable at the regular payroll
periods), and will be entitled to additional vesting
of the Option granted pursuant to this Section 2.4 as
if he were employed at the end of the Employment Year
during which the Employee's termination occurs, and
forgiveness of the outstanding balance of the loan
(including all interest accrued thereon) in
accordance with Section 2.3(b)(i) as if he were
employed at the end of the Employment Year during
which the termination of Employee's employment
occurs.
2.5 WITHHOLDING. Any amounts includible in Employee's income as a
result of this Agreement (e.g., payments and forgiveness of debt) will be
subject to all applicable legal requirements with respect to the withholding of
federal, state, and local taxes and other normal withholdings.
2.6 SEVERANCE BENEFITS.
-------------------
(a) In the event Employee is terminated without Cause (as that
term is defined in Section 2.4(i) of this Agreement), Employee shall
receive the greater of:
(i) His then current base salary, as well as health,
life, and disability insurance for the remainder of the term
of the Agreement, his guaranteed bonus (if unpaid) under
Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement, immediate vesting of his
Option granted pursuant to Section 2.4, and forgiveness of the
outstanding balance of the loan (including all interest
accrued thereon) made pursuant to Section 2.3(b) of this
Agreement; or
(ii) Two (2) year's base salary, health, life, and
disability insurance, immediate vesting of his Option, and
forgiveness of the outstanding balance of the loan (including
all interest accrued thereon) made pursuant to Section of this
Agreement.
(b) In the event the term of this Agreement expires and the
Company determines not to continue the employment of Employee as
Chairman on terms and conditions comparable for such position, then the
Company shall pay to Employee as a severance benefit one (1) year's
base salary at the Employee's then current rate. If Company extends
such an offer on comparable terms and conditions and Employee refuses
such offer, no amounts will become payable by Company to Employee by
reason of this Paragraph (b).
- 8 -
<PAGE> 9
(c) In the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as
that term is defined in Section 2.3(b)(ii) of this Agreement), Employee
may elect, in his absolute discretion, to voluntarily resign and
receive the following:
(i) Immediate vesting of the Option granted pursuant
to Section of this Agreement;
(ii) Forgiveness of the outstanding balance of his
loan (including interest accrued thereon) under Section 2.3(b)
of this Agreement; and
(iii) One (1) year's base salary at the Employee's
then current rate.
(d) The Employee shall be under no obligation to mitigate his
damages or to seek other employment and if the Employee obtains other
employment, any compensation earned by Employee therefrom shall not
reduce the Company's obligations to make the payments to Employee that
are otherwise required under this Agreement.
(e) Any payments that are required pursuant to the terms of
this Section 2.6 shall become payable at the same time those amounts
would have been paid to Employee had his employment with the Company
continued.
ARTICLE III
FIDELITY
3.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
-------------------------
(a) Employee agrees not to disclose any Confidential
Information (as that term is defined in Paragraph (e) below) of the
Company, including information received in confidence from the Company
or from others, whether before, during, or after Employee's employment
with the Company, except upon the prior written consent of the Company.
(b) Employee acknowledges that the Confidential Information of
the Company includes matters conceived or developed by Employee, as
well as matters learned by Employee from other employees or agents of
the Company.
(c) Any Confidential Information that Employee may prepare,
use, or come into contact with will be and remain the Company's sole
property and will not be removed from the Company's premises without
its written consent, except as required in accordance with Employee's
performance of Employee's duties hereunder, and will be returned to the
Company, together with all copies, summaries, and extracts thereof,
upon termination of this Agreement.
- 9 -
<PAGE> 10
(d) Except as the Company may otherwise consent or direct in
writing, Employee will not, sell, use, lecture upon, or publish any
Confidential Information or authorize anyone else to do those things at
any time either before or after the expiration of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Confidential
Information" means information (i) disclosed to or known by Employee as
a consequence of or through Employee's employment by the Company, (ii)
not generally known outside the Company, and (iii) that relates to the
Company. Confidential Information will also include the Company's
proprietary information (such as trade secrets).
(f) This Section 3.1 will continue in full force and effect
after the expiration of this Agreement.
3.2 COMPETITION.
------------
(a) The following provisions of this Section 3.2 will apply
from the Commencement Date until the earliest to occur of the following
events:
(i) Two (2) years;
(ii) The remainder of the term of this Agreement; or
(iii) The maximum period during which the provisions
of this Section 3.2 can be enforced under Texas law.
(b) The following provisions of this Section 3.2 will not
apply if the Company terminates the employment of Employee for a reason
that does not constitute "Cause" under Subparagraphs (i) through (vi)
of Section 2.4(i) of this Agreement.
(c) Except in furtherance of the execution of Employee's
duties under this Agreement, Employee expressly covenants and agrees
that Employee will not, without the prior written consent of the Board
of Directors, either acting alone or in conjunction with others,
directly or indirectly:
(i) Engage in any competition with the Company with
respect to those products or services of a type for which
Employee had responsibility for at the Company;
(ii) Solicit business of any type engaged in by the
Company (or by any subsidiary or affiliate of Company) with
respect to those products or services of a type for which
Employee had responsibility for at the Company from any person
or business which is an account, customer, or client of the
Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company);
- 10 -
<PAGE> 11
(iii) Induce or attempt to influence any such
account, customer, or client to curtail or cancel his or its
business with the Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of
Company); or
(iv) Induce or attempt to influence any employee to
terminate his or her employment with the Company (or with any
subsidiary or affiliate of the Company).
3.3 ENFORCEMENT. Because the remedy at law for any breach of the
provisions of this Article III would be inadequate, Employee hereby consents to
the granting of an injunction or other equitable relief enjoining any breach of
these provisions by any court having jurisdiction without the necessity of
proving actual monetary loss. In addition to such injunctive relief, the Company
may pursue at law any remedies available to it.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS
4.1 BINDING ON SUCCESSOR. The Company will not enter into any merger,
acquisition, or other business combination with any other party in which the
Company will not be the surviving entity unless the other party to that
agreement consents to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
4.2 NO ASSIGNMENT. Except as required by law, Employee may not assign
or alienate (voluntarily or involuntarily) any right to receive payments under
this Agreement.
4.3 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without reference to the conflict
of laws provisions thereof.
4.4 CAPTIONS. The captions of this Agreement are included solely for
convenience of reference and have no force or effect.
4.5 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, or waived
in any manner other than by a written agreement executed by the parties to this
Agreement. The waiver by either party of compliance with any provision of this
Agreement by the other party will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the other
party of any provision of this Agreement.
4.6 NOTICES. All notices and other communications hereunder will be
sufficient if in writing and either hand-delivered or mailed by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the parties
at the following addresses (or to such other address or addresses as either
party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto):
- 11 -
<PAGE> 12
IF TO THE COMPANY:
------------------
IXC Communications, Inc.
5000 Plaza on the Lake, Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78746
Attn: Ralph J. Swett, Chairman
IF TO EMPLOYEE:
---------------
Benjamin L. Scott
c/o IXC Communications, Inc.
5000 Plaza on the Lake, Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78746
4.7 SEVERABILITY. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision
of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision of this Agreement.
4.8 ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND MODIFICATION. This Agreement constitutes the
full and complete understanding and agreement of the parties and supersedes all
prior understandings and agreements between the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year indicated above.
BENJAMIN L. SCOTT, an individual IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
/s/ Benjamin L. Scott By: /s/ Ralph J. Swett
- ------------------------------------- ------------------------------
Its: Chairman
------------------------------
- 12 -
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.22
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
1997 SPECIAL EXECUTIVE STOCK PLAN
1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this IXC Communications, Inc. 1997 Special
Executive Stock Plan ("Plan") is to promote the interests of IXC Communications,
Inc. ("Company") and its shareholders by enabling it to offer grants of stock to
better attract, retain, and reward certain key executives and, accordingly, to
strengthen the mutuality of interests between those executives and the Company's
shareholders by providing those executives with a proprietary interest in
pursuing the Company's long-term growth and financial success.
2. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below.
(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of IXC
Communications, Inc.
(b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. Reference to any specific section of the Code shall be deemed
to be a reference to any successor provision.
(c) "Committee" means the administrative Committee of this
Plan that is provided in Section 3 below.
(d) "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company or
any security issued in substitution, exchange, or in lieu thereof.
(e) "Company" means IXC Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, or any successor corporation. Except where the context
indicates otherwise, the term "Company" shall include its Parent and
Subsidiaries.
(f) "Disabled" means permanent and total disability, as
defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).
(g) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(h) "Fair Market Value" of Common Stock shall be determined in
accordance with the following rules.
(i) If the Common Stock is admitted to trading or
listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price
for any day shall be the last reported sale price regular way,
or if no such reported sale takes place on that day, the
average of the last reported bid and ask prices regular way,
in either case on the principal national securities exchange
on which the Common Stock is admitted to trading or listed.
(ii) If not listed or admitted to trading on any
national securities
<PAGE> 2
exchange, the last sale price on that day of the Common Stock
reported on the Nasdaq National Market of the Nasdaq Stock
Market ("Nasdaq National Market") or, if no such reported sale
takes place on that day, the average of the closing bid and
ask prices on that day.
(iii) If not included in the Nasdaq National Market,
the average of the closing bid and ask prices of the Common
Stock on that day reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market, or any
comparable system on that day.
(iv) If the Common Stock is not included in the
Nasdaq Stock Market or any comparable system, the closing bid
and ask prices on that day as furnished by any member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from
time to time by the Company for that purpose.
In the case of a day on which the stock markets are not open, Fair
Market Value shall be determined as of the last preceding day on which
the stock markets were open. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option,
Fair Market Value shall be determined without reference to any
restriction other than one that, by its terms, will never lapse.
(i) "Incentive Stock Option" means an option to purchase
Common Stock that is an incentive stock option within the meaning of
Code Section 422.
(j) "Insider" means a person who is subject to Section 16 of
the Exchange Act.
(k) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means any option to purchase
Common Stock that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
(l) "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a
Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(m) "Parent" shall mean any corporation (other than the
Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company
if each of the corporations (other than the Company) owns stock
possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the
chain, as determined in accordance with the rules of Code Section
424(e).
(n) "Participant" means a person who was been granted an
Option or Restricted Stock.
(o) "Plan" means this IXC Communications, Inc. 1997 Special
Executive Stock Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
- 2 -
<PAGE> 3
(p) "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock issued
under Section below that are subject to restrictions upon assignment or
alienation prior to vesting.
(q) "Severance" means, with respect to a Participant, the
termination of the Participant's provision of services to the Company
as an employee, whether by reason of death, disability, or any other
reason.
(i) For purposes of determining the exercisability of
an Incentive Stock Option, a Participant who is on a leave of
absence that exceeds ninety (90) days will be considered to
have incurred a Severance on the ninety-first (91st) day of
the leave of absence, unless the Participant's rights to
reemployment are guaranteed by statute or contract.
(ii) A Participant will not be considered to have
incurred a Severance because of a transfer of employment
between the Company and a Subsidiary or Parent (or vice
versa).
(r) "Subsidiary" means any corporation or entity in which the
Company, directly or indirectly, controls fifty percent (50%) or more
of the total voting power of all classes of its stock having voting
power, as determined in accordance with the rules of Code Section
424(f).
(s) "Ten Percent Shareholder" means any person who owns (after
taking into account the constructive ownership rules of Section 424(d)
of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the stock of the IXC
Communications, Inc. or of any of its Parents or Subsidiaries.
3. ADMINISTRATION.
---------------
(a) This Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed
by the Board. The Board may remove members from, or add members to, the
Committee at any time. To the extent possible and advisable, the
Committee shall be composed of individuals that satisfy Rule 16b-3
under the Exchange Act and Code Section 162(m). Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, any action which may be taken by the
Committee may also be taken by the Board.
(b) The Committee may conduct its meetings in person or by
telephone. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute
a quorum, and any action shall constitute the action of the Committee
if it is authorized by:
(i) A majority of the members present at any meeting;
or
(ii) The unanimous consent of all of the members in
writing without a meeting.
- 3 -
<PAGE> 4
(c) The Committee is authorized to interpret this Plan and to
adopt rules and procedures relating to the administration of this Plan.
All actions of the Committee in connection with the interpretation and
administration of this Plan shall be binding upon all parties.
(d) Subject to the limitations of Sections 10 and 14 below,
the Committee is expressly authorized to make such modifications to
this Plan, and to the grants of Options and Restricted Stock hereunder
as are necessary to effectuate the intent of this Plan as a result of
any changes in the tax, accounting, or securities laws treatment of
Participants and of the Plan.
(e) The Committee may delegate its responsibilities to others
under such conditions and limitations as it may prescribe, except that
the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the
granting of Options or Restricted Stock to Insiders.
4. DURATION OF PLAN.
-----------------
(a) This Plan shall be effective as of September 9, 1997,
provided it is approved by the majority of the Company's shareholders,
in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 422, within twelve
(12) months before or after the date of its adoption by the Board of
Directors.
(b) In the event that this Plan is not so approved, this Plan
shall terminate and any Options granted under this Plan shall be void.
(c) This Plan shall terminate on September 8, 2007, except
with respect to Options then outstanding.
5. NUMBER OF SHARES.
-----------------
(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be
issued under this Plan shall be five hundred thousand (500,000). This
number may be adjusted from time to time as set forth in Section below.
The maximum number of shares that may be issued to a single Participant
is five hundred thousand (500,000).
(b) Upon the expiration or termination of an outstanding
Option which shall not have been exercised in full, the shares of
Common Stock remaining unissued under the Option shall again become
available for use under the Plan.
(c) Upon the forfeiture of shares of Restricted Stock, the
forfeited shares of Common Stock shall again become available for use
under the Plan.
- 4 -
<PAGE> 5
(d) The payment of part or all of the exercise price of an
Option in the form of surrendering Common Stock owned by the
Participant shall reduce the number of shares considered to have been
issued upon the exercise of the Option (by the number of shares that
were surrendered) for purposes of determining the maximum number of
shares that may be issued under the Plan.
6. ELIGIBILITY.
------------
(a) Persons eligible for Options under this Plan shall consist
of employees and individuals who have accepted offers of employment
with the Company.
(b) In the event that the Company acquires another entity, the
Committee may authorize the issuance of Options ("Substitute Options")
to the individuals performing services for the acquired entity in
substitution of stock options previously granted to those individuals
in connection with their performance of services for such entity upon
such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, taking into
account the limitations of Code Section 424(a) in the case of a
Substitute Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
7. FORM OF OPTIONS.
----------------
(a) Options shall be granted under this Plan on such terms and
in such form as the Committee may approve, which shall not be
inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan. However, if a grant of
an Option or of Restricted Stock would not be exempt under Rule 16b-3
of the Exchange Act if effected by the Committee, the Board may make
such a grant.
(b) The exercise price per share of Common Stock purchasable
under an Option shall be set forth in the Option, which in all cases
shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on
the date of the grant.
(c) The exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option granted to
a Ten Percent Shareholder shall be no less than one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the
grant.
8. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.
--------------------
(a) An Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and
be subject to such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the
Option.
(b) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date
of grant) of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a
Participant during any calendar year shall not exceed one hundred
thousand dollars ($100,000) or such other limit as may be required by
Code Section 422.
- 5 -
<PAGE> 6
(c) Options shall only be exercisable for whole numbers of
shares.
(d) Options are exercised by payment of the full amount of the
purchase price to the Company.
(i) The payment shall be in the form of cash or such
other forms of consideration as the Committee shall deem
acceptable, such as the surrender of outstanding shares of
Common Stock owned by the Participant or by withholding shares
that would otherwise be issued upon the exercise of the
Option.
(ii) If the payment is made by means of the surrender
of Restricted Stock, a number of shares issued upon the
exercise of the Option equal to the number of shares of
Restricted Stock surrendered shall be subject to the same
restrictions as the Restricted Stock that was surrendered.
(iii) After giving due considerations of the
consequences under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and under
the Code, the Committee may also authorize the exercise of
Options by the delivery to the Company or its designated agent
of an irrevocable written notice of exercise form together
with irrevocable instructions to a broker-dealer to sell or
margin a sufficient portion of the shares of Common Stock and
to deliver the sale or margin loan proceeds directly to the
Company to pay all or a portion of the exercise price of the
Option.
9. RESTRICTED STOCK.
-----------------
(a) The Committee may issue grants of Restricted Stock upon
such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, which need not be
the same for each such grant.
(b) Restricted Stock may not be sold to Participants for less
than Fair Market Value.
(c) A Participant shall not have a vested right to the shares
subject to the grant of Restricted Stock until satisfaction of the
vesting requirements specified in the grant. The Participant may not
assign or alienate the Participant's interest in the shares of
Restricted Stock prior to vesting.
(d) The following rules apply with respect to events that
occur prior to the date on which the Participant obtains a vested right
to the Restricted Stock.
(i) Stock dividends, shares resulting from stock
splits, etc. that are issued with respect to the shares
covered by a grant of Restricted Stock shall be treated as
additional shares received under the grant of Restricted
Stock.
- 6 -
<PAGE> 7
(ii) Cash dividends constitute taxable compensation
to the Participant that is deductible by the Company.
10. MODIFICATION OF GRANTS.
-----------------------
(a) The Committee may modify an existing Option, including the
right to:
(i) Accelerate the right to exercise it;
(ii) Extend or renew it; or
(iii) Cancel it and issue a new Option.
However, no modification may be made to an Option that would impair the
rights of the Participant holding the Option without the Participant's
consent. Modifications to grants of Restricted Stock are also subject
to this restriction.
(b) Whether a modification of an existing Incentive Stock
Option will be treated as the issuance of a new Incentive Stock Option
will be determined in accordance with the rules of Code Section 424(h).
(c) Whether a modification of an existing grant of Restricted
Stock or of an Option previously granted to an Insider will be treated
as a new grant will be determined in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act.
11. TERMINATION OF OPTIONS.
-----------------------
(a) Except to the extent the terms of an Option require its
prior termination, each Option shall terminate on the earliest of the
following dates.
(i) The date which is ten (10) years from the date on
which the Option is granted or five (5) years in the case of
an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent
Shareholder.
(ii) The date which is one (1) year from the date of
the Severance of the Participant to whom the Option was
granted, if the Participant was Disabled at the time of
Severance.
(iii) The date which is one (1) year from the date of
the Severance of the Participant to whom the Option was
granted, if the Participant's death occurs:
(A) While the Participant is employed by the
Company; or
- 7 -
<PAGE> 8
(B) Within ninety (90) days following the
Participant's Severance.
(iv) In the case of any Severance other than those
described in Subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) above, the date that
is ninety (90) days from the date of the Participant's
Severance.
12. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF GRANTS.
------------------------------
(a) No Option under this Plan shall be assignable or
transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
(b) Grants of Restricted Stock shall be subject to such
restrictions on transferability as may be imposed in such grants.
13. ADJUSTMENTS
-----------
(a) In the event of any change in the capitalization of the
Company affecting its Common Stock (e.g., a stock split, reverse stock
split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, or
reclassification), the Committee shall authorize such adjustments as it
may deem appropriate with respect to:
(i) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
that may be issued under this Plan;
(ii) The number of shares of Common Stock covered by
each outstanding Option; and
(iii) The exercise price per share in respect of each
outstanding Option.
(b) The Committee may also make such adjustments in the event
of a spin-off or other distribution of Company assets to shareholders,
other than normal cash dividends.
14. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.
--------------------------
(a) The Board may at any time amend or terminate this Plan.
However, no modification may be made to the Plan that would impair the
rights of the Participant holding an Option or Restricted Stock without
the Participant's consent.
(b) Without the approval of the majority of the shareholders
of the Company, the Board may not amend the provisions of this Plan
regarding:
- 8 -
<PAGE> 9
(i) The class of individuals entitled to receive
Incentive Stock Options; or
(ii) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
that may be issued under the Plan, except as adjusted pursuant
to Section 13 above.
15. NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION. A Participant must notify the
Company if the Participant disposes of stock acquired pursuant to the exercise
of an Incentive Stock Option issued under the Plan prior to the expiration of
the holding periods required to qualify for long-term capital gains treatment on
the sale.
16. TAX WITHHOLDING.
----------------
(a) The Company shall have the right to take such actions as
may be necessary to satisfy its tax withholding obligations relating to
the operation of this Plan.
(b) If Common Stock that was surrendered by the Participant is
used to satisfy the Company's tax withholding obligations, the stock
shall be valued based on its Fair Market Value when the tax withholding
is required to be made.
17. NO ADDITIONAL RIGHTS.
---------------------
(a) Neither the adoption of this Plan nor the granting (or
exercise) of any Option or Restricted Stock shall:
(i) Affect or restrict in any way the power of the
Company to undertake any corporate action otherwise permitted
under applicable law; or
(ii) Confer upon any Participant the right to
continued employment with the Company, nor shall it interfere
in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the
employment of any Participant at any time, with or without
cause.
(b) No Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder with
respect to any shares covered by an Option granted to the Participant
or subject to a grant of Restricted Stock until the date a certificate
for such shares has been issued to the Participant.
18. SECURITIES LAW RESTRICTIONS.
----------------------------
(a) No shares of Common Stock shall be issued under this Plan
unless the Committee shall be satisfied that the issuance will be in
compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.
- 9 -
<PAGE> 10
(b) The Committee may require certain investment (or other)
representations and undertakings by the Participant (or other person
exercising an Option or purchasing Restricted Stock by reason of the
death of the Participant) in order to comply with applicable law.
(c) Certificates for shares of Common Stock delivered under
this Plan may be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may deem
advisable. The Committee may cause a legend to be placed on the
certificates to refer to these restrictions.
19. INDEMNIFICATION. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the
Company shall indemnify each member of the Board, as well as any other employee
of the Company with duties under this Plan, against expenses (including any
amount paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by the individual in connection
with any claims against him or her by reason of the performance of the
individual's duties under this Plan, unless the losses are due to the
individual's gross negligence or lack of good faith.
20. GOVERNING LAW. This Plan and all actions taken thereunder shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
- 10 -
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 11.1
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
FOR THE THREE MONTH AND NINE MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
--------------------- ---------------------
1997 1996 1997 1996
-------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EARNINGS
Net income (loss)............................. $(26,788) $ (5,624) $(75,476) $(29,390)
Less: Dividends applicable to preferred
stock.................................... (6,727) (437) (9,599) (1,302)
-------- ------- -------- --------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
stockholders............................... $(33,515) (6,061) $(85,075) $(30,692)
======== ======= ======== ========
PRIMARY
Weighted average number of shares
outstanding................................ 30,897 30,635 30,832 26,451
Add: Effect, for periods including and prior
to the initial public offering (IPO), of
common stock options issued within one year
of the IPO................................. -- 832 -- 832
Less: Assumed repurchase of shares under the
treasury stock method...................... -- (156) -- (157)
-------- ------- -------- --------
Number of shares used to compute earnings
(loss) applicable to common shareholders... 30,897 31,311 30,832 27,126
======== ======= ======== ========
FULLY DILUTED
Weighted average number of shares
outstanding................................ 30,897 30,635 30,832 26,451
Add: Effect, for periods including and prior
to the IPO, of common stock options issued
within one year of the IPO................. -- 832 -- 832
Less: Assumed repurchase of shares under the
treasury stock method...................... -- (156) -- (157)
-------- ------- -------- --------
Number of shares used to compute earnings
(loss) applicable to common shareholders... 30,897 31,311 30,832 27,126
======== ======= ======== ========
PRIMARY LOSS PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT
SHARE...................................... $ (1.08) (0.19) $ (2.76) $ (1.13)
======== ======= ======== ========
FULLY DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON AND COMMON
EQUIVALENT SHARE........................... $ (1.08) $ (0.19) $ (2.76) $ (1.13)
======== ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 12.1
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NOTES AND STATISTICAL DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE COMPANY'S
PREDECESSOR - HISTORICAL
-------------------------
PERIOD FROM PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1 AUGUST 14 FOR THE NINE
THROUGH THROUGH FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, MONTHS ENDED
AUGUST 14, DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------------- SEPTEMBER 30,
1992 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
----------- ----------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EARNINGS:
Consolidated pretax income
(loss) from continuing
operations................... $(24,482) $(7,175) $(53,789) $ 8,174 $ (4,911) $(43,429) $(75,517)
Minority interest in net loss
(income) of subsidiaries with
fixed charges................ -- -- -- (77) (5,218) 618 503
Equity in loss of less than 50%
owned affiliate with no
guaranteed debt.............. -- -- -- 86 (35) (37) --
FIXED CHARGES:
Interest expensed and
capitalized.................. 18,751 1,398 5,322 6,139 14,958 40,009 26,661
Interest portion of rental
expense...................... 9,985 5,444 10,690 5,495 2,135 19,960 21,597
Less interest capitalized
during the period............ (2) -- (379) (34) (361) (2,933) (4,947)
Plus capitalized interest
amortization................. -- -- -- -- 20 165 309
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Earnings....................... $ 4,252 $ (333) $(38,156) $19,783 $ 6,588 $ 14,353 $(24,324)
======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ======== ========
FIXED CHARGES:
Interest expensed and
capitalized............... $ 18,751 $ 1,398 $ 5,322 $ 6,139 $ 14,958 $ 40,009 $ 28,667
Interest portion of rental
expense................... 9,985 5,444 10,690 5,495 2,135 19,960 26,661
Preferred stock dividend
requirements of majority-
owned subsidiaries
(non-intercompany)........ -- -- 209 249 126 -- --
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Fixed Charges.................. $ 28,736 $ 6,842 $ 16,221 $11,883 $ 17,219 $ 59,969 $ 55,328
======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ======== ========
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND
REQUIREMENTS:
Series 1 and 3............... $ -- $ 467 $ 1,358 $ 2,604 $ 1,717 $ 1,739 $ 1,425
Junior Convertible Preferred
Stock..................... -- -- -- -- -- -- 3,658
Junior Exchangeable
Preferred Stock............ -- -- -- -- -- -- 4,167
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Total Preferred Stock Dividend
Requirements................. $ -- $ 467 $ 1,358 $ 2,604 $ 1,717 $ 1,739 $ 9,250
======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ======== ========
Total Fixed Charges and
Preferred Stock Dividend
Requirements................. $ 28,736 $ 7,309 $ 17,579 $14,487 $ 18,936 $ 61,708 $ 64,578
======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ======== ========
Ratio of Earnings to Combined
Fixed Charges and Preferred
Stock Dividends
(Deficiency)(1).............. $(24,484) $(7,642) $(55,735) 1.4x $(12,348) $(47,355) $(88,902)
======== ======= ======== ======= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Where earnings are inadequate to cover fixed charges and preferred stock
dividend requirements, the deficiency is shown.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-37157) and to
the incorporation by reference therein of our report dated February 28, 1997,
except for the third paragraph of Note 19, as to which the date is March 17,
1997, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of IXC
Communications, Inc. included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year
ended December 31, 1996, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas
December 12, 1997
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 25.1
================================================================================
FORM T-1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2) [ ]
----------
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
New York 13-5160382
(State of incorporation (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank) identification no.)
48 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
----------
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware 74-2644120
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization) identification no.)
1122 South Capital of Texas Highway
Austin, Texas 78746
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
----------
12 1/2% Series B Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009
(Title of the indenture securities)
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
1. GENERAL INFORMATION. FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE:
(A) NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR SUPERVISING AUTHORITY TO WHICH IT
IS SUBJECT.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name Address
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Superintendent of Banks of the State of 2 Rector Street, New York,
New York N.Y. 10006, and Albany,
N.Y. 12203
Federal Reserve Bank of New York 33 Liberty Plaza, New York,
N.Y. 10045
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Washington, D.C. 20429
New York Clearing House Association New York, New York 10005
</TABLE>
(B) WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS.
Yes.
2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.
IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH SUCH
AFFILIATION.
None.
16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.
EXHIBITS IDENTIFIED IN PARENTHESES BELOW, ON FILE WITH THE COMMISSION, ARE
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AS AN EXHIBIT HERETO, PURSUANT TO RULE
7A-29 UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 (THE "ACT") AND 17 C.F.R.
229.10(D).
1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York (formerly
Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to
commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust
powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with
Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed
with Registration Statement No. 33-21672 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed
with Registration Statement No. 33-29637.)
4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1
filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019.)
-2-
<PAGE> 3
6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
(Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-44051.)
7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published
pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining
authority.
-3-
<PAGE> 4
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York,
a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York,
has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State
of New York, on the 16th day of December, 1997.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By: /s/ REMO J. REALE
-------------------------------
Name: REMO J. REALE
Title: ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT
-4-
<PAGE> 5
EXHIBIT 7
Consolidated Report of Condition of
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
of 48 Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business June 30, 1997,
published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this
District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Dollar Amounts
ASSETS in Thousands
<S> <C>
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin .... $ 7,769,502
Interest-bearing balances ............................. 1,472,524
Securities:
Held-to-maturity securities ........................... 1,080,234
Available-for-sale securities ......................... 3,046,199
Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under
agreements to resell.................................... 3,193,800
Loans and lease financing receivables:
Loans and leases, net of unearned income .............. 35,352,045
LESS: Allowance for loan and
lease losses ........................................ 625,042
LESS: Allocated transfer risk
reserve.............................................. 429
Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance,
and reserve ........................................ 34,726,574
Assets held in trading accounts ......................... 1,611,096
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) 676,729
Other real estate owned ................................. 22,460
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated
companies ............................................. 209,959
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances
outstanding ............................................. 1,357,731
Intangible assets ........................................ 720,883
Other assets ............................................. 1,627,267
-----------
Total assets ............................................. $57,514,958
===========
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
In domestic offices .................................... $26,875,596
Noninterest-bearing .................................... 11,213,657
Interest-bearing ....................................... 15,661,939
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries,
and IBFs .............................................. 16,334,270
Noninterest-bearing .................................... 596,369
Interest-bearing ....................................... 15,737,901
Federal funds purchased and Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase................................ 1,583,157
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury ................. 303,000
Trading liabilities ...................................... 1,308,173
Other borrowed money:
With remaining maturity of one year or less ............ 2,383,570
With remaining maturity of more than one year through
three years............................................ 0
With remaining maturity of more than three years ....... 20,679
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding . 1,377,244
Subordinated notes and debentures ........................ 1,018,940
Other liabilities ........................................ 1,732,792
-----------
Total liabilities ........................................ 52,937,421
-----------
EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock ............................................. 1,135,284
Surplus .................................................. 731,319
Undivided profits and capital reserves ................... 2,721,258
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-
sale securities ........................................ 1,948
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments ...... 12,272)
-----------
Total equity capital ..................................... 4,577,537
-----------
Total liabilities and equity capital ..................... $57,514,958
===========
</TABLE>
I, Robert E. Keilman, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the
above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and
belief.
Robert E. Keilman
We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of
Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our
knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true and
correct.
Alan R. Griffith |
J. Carter Bacot | Directors
Thomas A. Renyi |
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.1
FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FOR
12 1/2% SERIES B JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
OF
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO EXCHANGE SHARES OF ITS
12 1/2% SERIES B JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
12 1/2% JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED DECEMBER 15, 1997
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JANUARY 16,
1998, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK
(AS DEFINED HEREIN) MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
TO: THE BANK OF NEW YORK, THE EXCHANGE AGENT
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
By Mail: By Hand or by Overnight Courier:
The Bank of New York The Bank of New York
Tender and Exchange Department Tender and Exchange Department
P.O. Box 11248 101 Barclay Street
Church Street Station Receive & Deliver Window-Street Level
New York, NY 10286-1248 New York, NY 10286
By Facsimile:
(212) 815-5915
Attention: Bob Massimillo
Confirm by telephone:
(800) 507-9357
</TABLE>
Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address, or transmission via
telegram, telex or facsimile, other than as set forth above will not constitute
a valid delivery. The instructions contained herein should be read carefully
before this Letter of Transmittal is completed.
HOLDERS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) WHO WISH TO BE ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE NEW
PREFERRED STOCK (AS DEFINED HEREIN) FOR THEIR OLD PREFERRED STOCK PURSUANT TO
THE EXCHANGE OFFER MUST VALIDLY TENDER (AND NOT WITHDRAW) THEIR OLD PREFERRED
STOCK TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE
EXPIRATION DATE.
By execution hereof, the undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus
(the "Prospectus"), dated December 15, 1997, of IXC Communications, Inc. (the
"Issuer"), which, together with this Letter of Transmittal and the Instructions
hereto (the "Letter of Transmittal"), constitute the Issuer's offer (the
"Exchange Offer") to exchange one share of its 12 1/2% Series B Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009, liquidation preference $1,000 per share
(the "New Preferred Stock") that has been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of
which the Prospectus constitutes a part, for each share of its outstanding
12 1/2% Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009, liquidation preference
$1,000 per share (the "Old Preferred Stock"), upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Prospectus.
<PAGE> 2
The Issuer has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any
person to distribute the New Preferred Stock to be received in the Exchange
Offer and to the best of the Issuer's information and belief, each person
participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Preferred Stock in its
ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in the distribution of the New Preferred Stock to be
received in the Exchange Offer.
This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by Holders if: (i) certificates
representing shares of Old Preferred Stock are to be physically delivered to the
Exchange Agent herewith by Holders; (ii) tender of Old Preferred Stock is to be
made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC") pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus
under "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering Old Preferred Stock" by any
financial institution that is a participant in DTC and whose name appears on a
security position listing as the owner of Old Preferred Stock (such
participants, acting on behalf of Holders, are referred to herein, together with
such Holders, as "Acting Holders"); or (iii) tender of Old Preferred Stock is to
be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the
Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering Old Preferred
Stock." Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the
Exchange Agent.
The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person: (i)
in whose name shares of Old Preferred Stock are registered on the books of the
Issuer or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from
the registered Holder or (ii) whose shares of Old Preferred Stock are held of
record by DTC who desires to deliver such Old Preferred Stock by book entry
transfer at DTC.
The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of
Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect
to the Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Old Preferred Stock must
complete this Letter of Transmittal in its entirety.
All capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the
meaning ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed.
Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the
Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may
be directed to the Exchange Agent. See Instruction 9 herein.
HOLDERS WHO WISH TO ACCEPT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR OLD
PREFERRED STOCK MUST COMPLETE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IN ITS ENTIRETY.
List below the Old Preferred Stock to which this Letter of Transmittal
relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, list the certificate numbers
and liquidation preferences on a separately executed schedule and affix the
schedule to this Letter of Transmittal.
2
<PAGE> 3
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DESCRIPTION OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE NUMBER(S)* AGGREGATE NUMBER OF
(ATTACH SIGNED LIST SHARES OF OLD
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S) IF SPACE PROVIDED PREFERRED STOCK TENDERED
(PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK) IS INADEQUATE) (IF LESS THAN ALL)**
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
TOTAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Need not be completed by the holders tendering by book-entry transfer.
** Need not be completed by the holders who wish to tender with respect to all shares of Old Preferred
Stock listed. See Instruction 2.
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4) (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for the number To be completed ONLY if certificates for shares of
of shares of Old Preferred Stock not tendered are Old Preferred Stock not tendered or not accepted
to be issued in the name of, or the shares of New for exchange or the shares of New Preferred Stock
Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Exchange issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer are to be
Offer are to be issued to the order of, someone sent to someone other than the person or persons
other than the person or persons whose signa- whose signature(s) appear(s) within this Letter of
ture(s) appear(s) within this Letter of Transmittal Transmittal or to an address different from that
or issued to an address different from that shown shown in the box entitled "Description of Old
in the box entitled "Description of Old Preferred Preferred Stock" within this Letter of Transmittal.
Stock" within this Letter of Transmittal, or if Old
Preferred Stock tendered by book-entry transfer
that are not accepted for exchange are to be
credited to an account maintained at DTC.
ISSUE CERTIFICATE(S) TO: MAIL TO:
Name: Name:
---------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
(Please Print) (Please Print)
Address: Address:
------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Zip Code Zip Code
--------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number
- ------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK ARE BEING DELIVERED BY
DTC TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S ACCOUNT AT DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name of Tendering Institution:
----------------------------------------------
DTC Book-Entry Account No.:
-------------------------------------------------
Transaction Code No.:
-------------------------------------------------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK ARE BEING DELIVERED
PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):
--------------------------------------------
Window Ticket Number (if any):
---------------------------------------------
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:
------------------------
Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:
---------------------
DTC Book-Entry Account Number:
---------------------------------------------
If Delivery by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the Following:
----------------
Name of Tendering Institution: Transaction Code Number:
----- --------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS
THERETO.
Name:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
3
<PAGE> 4
LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:
Subject to the terms of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders
to the Issuer the number of shares of Old Preferred Stock indicated above.
Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the number of
shares of Old Preferred Stock tendered in accordance with this Letter of
Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to the Old Preferred Stock
tendered hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the
Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the
Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer) with respect to the
tendered Old Preferred Stock with full power of substitution to (i) deliver
certificates for such Old Preferred Stock to the Issuer, or transfer ownership
of such Old Preferred Stock on the account books maintained by DTC, together, in
either such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity
to, or upon the order of, the Issuer and (ii) present such Old Preferred Stock
for transfer on the books of the Issuer and receive all benefits and otherwise
exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Preferred Stock, all in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted
in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the
Exchange Agent that: (i) it has full power and authority to tender, exchange,
sell, assign and transfer the Old Preferred Stock tendered hereby, and to
acquire New Preferred Stock in exchange for the Old Preferred Stock; and (ii)
when the Old Preferred Stock is accepted for exchange, the Issuer will acquire
good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions,
charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned
also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon
interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Staff") with respect to similar exchange offer transactions that the New
Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old
Preferred Stock may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
Holders thereof who are not "affiliates" of the Issuer (within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act; provided that the New
Preferred Stock is acquired in the ordinary course of such Holders' business,
such Holders have no arrangements or understandings with any person to
participate in any distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
the New Preferred Stock and neither the Holders nor any other person is engaging
in or intends to engage in a distribution of the New Preferred Stock. The
undersigned acknowledges that if he or she is participating in the Exchange
Offer for the purpose of distributing the New Preferred Stock, the undersigned
(i) may not rely upon the interpretation of the Staff discussed above and (ii)
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. If the
undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents and warrants that
it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the
New Preferred Stock. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer, the undersigned
represents and warrants that it will receive New Preferred Stock for its own
account in exchange for Old Preferred Stock that was acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, and the undersigned
acknowledges and agrees that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of such New Preferred Stock; however, by so acknowledging, agreeing and
delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The undersigned Holder also represents and warrants that at the time of the
consummation of the Exchange Offer (i) the New Preferred Stock acquired pursuant
to the Exchange Offer is being obtained in the ordinary course of such Holder's
business, (ii) such Holder has no arrangements or understandings with any person
to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
such New Preferred Stock or the Old Preferred Stock and (iii) such Holder is not
an "affiliate" of the Issuer (within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities
Act), or, if such Holder is an "affiliate," that such Holder will comply with
the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to
the extent applicable.
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuer to be necessary or
desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Preferred
Stock tendered hereby.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have
accepted for exchange validly tendered Old Preferred Stock when, as and if the
Issuer has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. If any
tendered Old Preferred Stock is not accepted for exchange pursuant to the
Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Old
Preferred Stock will be returned (except as noted below with respect to tenders
through DTC), without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below or
at a different address as may be indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions"
as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date or if the Issuer terminates
the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date, promptly after the Exchange
Offer is terminated.
4
<PAGE> 5
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned and every obligation under this Letter of Transmittal shall be
binding upon the undersigned's heirs, legal representatives, successors,
assigns, executors and administrators of the Holder.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to
the procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Exchange Offer
Procedures" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a
binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.
Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Issuance Instructions," please
issue the certificates representing the shares of New Preferred Stock issued in
exchange for the Old Preferred Stock accepted for exchange and return any Old
Preferred Stock not tendered or not exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned
(or in either such event, in the case of Old Preferred Stock tendered by DTC, by
credit to the account at DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under
"Special Delivery Instructions," please send the certificates representing the
shares of New Preferred Stock issued in exchange for the Old Preferred Stock
accepted for exchange and any certificates for Old Preferred Stock not tendered
or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned
at the address shown below the undersigned's signatures, unless, in either
event, tender is being made through DTC. In the event that both "Special
Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please
issue the certificates representing the shares of New Preferred Stock issued in
exchange for the Old Preferred Stock accepted for exchange and return any Old
Preferred Stock not tendered or not exchanged in the name(s) of, and send said
certificates to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the
Issuer has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and
"Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any shares of Old Preferred Stock
from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Issuer does not accept
for exchange any of the Old Preferred Stock so tendered.
5
<PAGE> 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE SIGN HERE
(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SHARES OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK ARE BEING PHYSICALLY
DELIVERED HEREWITH)
This Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the Holder(s) of Old
Preferred Stock exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for
shares of Old Preferred Stock or, if tendered by a participant in DTC,
exactly as such participant's name appears on a security position listing
as the owner of Old Preferred Stock, or by person(s) authorized to become
registered Holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this
Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting
in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his
or her full title below under "Capacity" and submit evidence satisfactory
to the Issuer of such person's authority to so act. See Instruction 3
herein.
If the signature appearing below is not of the registered Holder(s)
of the Old Preferred Stock, then the registered Holder(s) must sign a
properly guaranteed stock power.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
X Date:
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
X Date:
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
Signature(s) of Holder(s)
or Authorized Signatory
Name(s): Address:
------------------------- ----------------------------
---------------------------------- -------------------------------------
(Please Print) (Including Zip Code)
Capacity: Area Code and Telephone No.:
------------------------ --------
Social Security No.:
--------------
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature Guarantee (See Instruction 3 Herein)
Certain Signatures Must Be Guaranteed By An Eligible Institution
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Name of eligible institution guaranteeing signatures)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address (including zip code) and telephone number
(including area code) of firm)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Authorized signature)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Printed name)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Title)
Date: ____________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
<PAGE> 7
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD PREFERRED STOCK. The
certificates for the tendered Old Preferred Stock (or a confirmation of a
book-entry into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC of all Old Preferred Stock
delivered electronically), as well as a properly completed and duly executed
copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof and any other documents
required by this Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus must be received by
the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on January 16, 1998, unless extended (the "Expiration Date"). The
method of delivery of the tendered Old Preferred Stock, this Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the
election and risk of the Holder and, except as otherwise provided below, the
delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent.
Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight
or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to
assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Preferred Stock should
be sent to the Issuer.
Holders who wish to tender their Old Preferred Stock and (i) whose Old
Preferred Stock is not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their
Old Preferred Stock, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required
hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the
Expiration Date, must tender their Old Preferred Stock and follow the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures:
(i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution; (ii) prior
to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible
Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
(by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and
address of the Holder of the Old Preferred Stock, the certificate number or
numbers of such shares of Old Preferred Stock and the aggregate liquidation
preference of the Old Preferred Stock tendered, stating that the tender is being
made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five business days after the
Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together
with the certificate(s) representing the Old Preferred Stock (or a confirmation
of electronic delivery of book-entry delivery into the Exchange Agent's account
at DTC) and any of the required documents will be deposited by the Eligible
Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such properly completed and
executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof), as well as all other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the certificate(s)
representing all tendered Old Preferred Stock in proper form for transfer (or a
confirmation of electronic mail delivery of book-entry delivery into the
Exchange Agent's account at DTC), must be received by the Exchange Agent within
five business days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in the Prospectus
under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Any
Holder of Old Preferred Stock who wishes to tender its Old Preferred Stock
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that
the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance for exchange and withdrawal of tendered Old Preferred Stock
will be determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion, which determination
will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the right to reject any and all
Old Preferred Stock not properly tendered or any Old Preferred Stock the
Issuer's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuer, be
unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the right to waive any of the conditions of
the Exchange Offer or any defect, withdrawal, rejection of tender or
irregularity in tender of any Old Preferred Stock. The Issuer's interpretation
of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in
this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old
Preferred Stock must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine.
Neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any
duty to give notification of any, defects, withdrawals, rejections or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Preferred Stock, nor shall any of
them incur any liability for failure to give any such notification. Tenders of
Old Preferred Stock will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Preferred Stock received by
the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned without cost by
the Exchange Agent to the tendering Holders of Old Preferred Stock, unless
otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable
following the Expiration Date.
2. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of fractional amounts of Old Preferred Stock
will not be accepted. If less than the entire liquidation preference and number
of shares of Old Preferred Stock is tendered, the tendering Holders should fill
in the liquidation preference and number of Old Preferred Stock tendered in the
third column of the chart entitled "Description of Old Preferred Stock." The
entire liquidation preference and number of shares of Old Preferred Stock
delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless
otherwise indicated. If the entire liquidation preference and number of all
shares of Old Preferred Stock is not tendered, such number of shares of Old
Preferred Stock not tendered and a certificate or certificates representing
shares of New Preferred Stock issued in exchange of any shares of Old Preferred
Stock accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address,
unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of
Transmittal or unless tender is made through DTC, promptly after the shares of
Old Preferred Stock are accepted for exchange.
7
<PAGE> 8
3. SIGNATURES ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS;
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is
signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Old Preferred Stock tendered hereby,
the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old
Preferred Stock without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
registered Holder(s) of shares of Old Preferred Stock tendered and the
certificate(s) for shares of New Preferred Stock issued in exchange therefor are
to be issued (or any untendered shares of Old Preferred Stock are to be
reissued) to the registered Holder, such Holder need not and should not endorse
any tendered shares of Old Preferred Stock, nor provide a separate stock power.
In any other case, such Holder must either properly endorse the shares of Old
Preferred Stock tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power
with this Letter of Transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or bond
power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a person
other than the registered Holder(s) of any shares of Old Preferred Stock listed,
such shares of Old Preferred Stock must be endorsed or accompanied by
appropriate bond powers signed as the name of the registered Holder(s) appears
on the Old Preferred Stock.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any shares of Old
Preferred Stock or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors,
administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or
others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so
indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Issuer, evidence satisfactory to
the Issuer of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of
Transmittal.
Endorsements on shares of Old Preferred Stock or signatures on stock powers
required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (a
medallion guarantor).
Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Old Preferred Stock tendered
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered Holder (including any
participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the
owner of Old Preferred Stock) who has not completed the box set forth herein
entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.
4. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. Tendering Holders should
indicate, in the applicable spaces, the name and address to which shares of New
Preferred Stock or substitute shares of Old Preferred Stock for such number of
shares of Old Preferred Stock not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to
be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing
this Letter of Transmittal (or in the case of tender of the Old Preferred Stock
through DTC, if different from DTC). In the case of issuance in a different
name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named
must also be indicated.
5. TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. Federal income tax law requires that a Holder
whose offered shares of Old Preferred Stock is accepted for exchange must
provide the Company (as payor) with his, her or its correct Taxpayer
Identification Number ("TIN"), which, in the case of an exchanging Holder who is
an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Company is not
provided with the correct TIN or an adequate basis for exemption, such Holder
may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS"). In addition, delivery to such Holder of New Preferred Stock will be
subject to backup withholding in an amount equal to 31% of the gross proceeds
resulting from the Exchange Offer. If withholding results in an overpayment of
taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS by the Holder. Exempt Holders
(including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are
not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See
instructions to the enclosed Form W-9.
To prevent backup withholding, each exchanging Holder must provide his, her
or its correct TIN by completing the Form W-9 enclosed herewith, certifying that
the TIN provided is correct (or that such Holder is awaiting a TIN) and that (i)
the Holder is exempt from backup withholding; (ii) the Holder has not been
notified by the IRS that he, she or it is subject to backup withholding as a
result of a failure to report all interest or dividends; or (iii) the IRS has
notified the Holder that he, she or it is no longer subject to backup
withholding. In order to satisfy the Exchange Agent that a foreign individual
qualifies as an exempt recipient, such Holder must submit a statement signed
under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt status. Such statements may be
obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the shares of Old Preferred Stock are in
more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the Form
W-9 for information on which TIN to report. If you do not provide your TIN to
the Company within 60 days, backup withholding will begin and continue until you
furnish your TIN to the Company.
6. TRANSFER TAXES. The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any,
applicable to the exchange of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. If, however, certificates representing New Preferred Stock or Old
Preferred Stock for shares not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be
delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other
than the registered Holder of the Old Preferred Stock tendered hereby, or if
tendered Old Preferred Stock are registered in the name of any person other than
the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed
for any reason other than the exchange of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, then the amount
8
<PAGE> 9
of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any
other person) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence
of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this
Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly
to such tendering Holder.
Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the shares of Old Preferred Stock listed in
this Letter of Transmittal.
7. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to amend,
waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any
Old Preferred Stock tendered.
8. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD PREFERRED STOCK. Any tendering
Holder whose shares of Old Preferred Stock have been mutilated, lost, stolen or
destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent in writing at the address indicated
herein for further instruction.
9. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for
assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of
Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the Exchange
Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance
concerning the Exchange Offer.
(DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE OLD PREFERRED OLD PREFERRED
SURRENDERED STOCK TENDERED STOCK ACCEPTED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Delivery Prepared by Checked By Date
------------ ---------------- -------------
9
<PAGE> 10
FORM W-9 REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER GIVE FORM TO THE REQUESTER,
(Rev. December 1996) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DO NOT SEND TO THE IRS.
AND CERTIFICATION
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
Name (If a joint account or you changed your name, see Specific Instructions on
page 2.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Business name, if different from above ( See SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS on page 2.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Check appropriate box: [ ] Individual/Sole proprietor [ ] Corporation
[ ] Partnership [ ] Other
-------------------------
Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City, state, and ZIP code
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requester's name and address (optional)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
List account number(s) here (optional)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART I -- TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. For individuals, this is your social
security number (SSN). However, if you are a resident alien OR a sole
proprietor, see the instructions on page 2. For other entities, it is your
employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see HOW TO
GET A TIN on page 2.
NOTE: If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 2 for
guidelines on whose number to enter.
Social Security Number
------------------------------
OR
Employer Identification Number
------------------------------
PART II -- FOR PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING (See the instructions on
page 2).
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART III -- CERTIFICATION
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification (or I am
waiting for a number to be issued to me), AND
2. I am not subject to backup withholding because: (A) I am exempt from backup
withholding, or (B) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to
report all interest or dividends, or (C) the IRS has notified me that I am
no longer subject to backup withholding.
CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS. - You must cross out item 2 above if you have been
notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because
you have failed to report all interest or dividends on your tax return. For real
estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid,
acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt,
contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally,
payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the
Certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. (See the instructions on
page 2.)
SIGN HERE
Signature Date
----------------------------------------- -----------------------
<PAGE> 11
PURPOSE OF FORM. -- A person who is required to file an information return with
the IRS must get your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) to report,
for example, income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage interest you
paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or
contributions you made to an IRA.
Use Form W-9 to give your correct TIN to the person requesting it (the
requester) and, when applicable, to:
1. Certify the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a
number to be issued),
2. Certify you are not subject to backup withholding, or
3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are an exempt payee.
NOTE: If a requester gives you a form other than a W-9 to request your TIN, you
must use the requester's form if it is substantially similar to this
Form W-9.
WHAT IS BACKUP WITHHOLDING? -- Persons making certain payments to you must
withhold and pay to the IRS 31% of such payments under certain conditions. This
is called "backup withholding." Payments that may be subject to backup
withholding include interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange
transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from
fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup
withholding.
If you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications,
and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return, payments
you receive will not be subject to backup withholding. Payments you receive WILL
BE subject to backup withholding if:
1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester, or
2. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN, or
3. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you
did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for
reportable interest and dividends only), or
4. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup
withholding under 3 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts opened
after 1983 only), or
5. You do not certify your TIN when required. See the Part III instructions
on page 2 for details.
Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See the
Part II instructions and the separate INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE REQUESTER OF FORM
W-9.
PENALTIES
FAILURE TO FURNISH TIN. -- If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a
requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your
failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING.-- If you make a
false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding,
you are subject to a $500 penalty.
CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION.-- Willfully falsifying
certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including
fines and/or imprisonment.
MISUSE OF TINS. -- If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of
Federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
<PAGE> 12
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS
NAME. -- If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name shown on
your social security card. However, if you have changed your last name, for
instance, due to marriage, without informing the Social Security Administration
of the name change, enter your first name, the last name shown on your social
security card, and your new last name.
If the account is in joint names, list first and then circle the name of
the person or entity whose number you enter in Part 1 of the form.
Sole Proprietor. -- You must enter your INDIVIDUAL name as shown on your
social security card. You may enter your business, trade, or "doing business as"
name on the BUSINESS NAME line.
Other Entities. -- Enter the business name as shown on required Federal tax
documents. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal
document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or "doing
business as" name on the business name line.
PART I -- TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)
You must enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and
you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS
individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social
security number box. If you do not have a ITIN, see HOW TO GET A TIN below.
If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your
SSN or EIN. However, using your EIN may result in unnecessary notices to the
requester.
NOTE: See the chart on this page for further clarification of name and TIN
combinations.
HOW TO GET A TIN. -- If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To
apply for an SSN, get FORM SS-5 from your local Social Security Administration
office. Get FORM W-7 to apply for an ITIN or FORM SS-4 to apply for an EIN. You
can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM
(1-800-829-3676).
If you do not have a TIN, write "Applied For" in the space for the TIN,
sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend
payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily tradable
instruments, you will generally have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the
requester. Other payments are subject to backup withholding.
NOTE: Writing "Applied For" means that you have already applied for a TIN OR
that you intend to apply for one soon.
PART II -- FOR PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Individuals (including sole proprietors) are NOT exempt from backup
withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain
payments, such as interest and dividends. For more information on exempt
payees, see the separate instructions for the Requester of Form W-9.
If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete this
form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. Enter your correct TIN in
Part I, write "Exempt" in Part II, and sign and date the form.
If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup
withholding, give the requester a completed FORM W-8, Certificate of Foreign
Status.
PART III -- CERTIFICATION
For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign
(when required).
1. INTEREST, DIVIDEND, AND BARTER EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS OPENED BEFORE 1984 AND
BROKER ACCOUNTS CONSIDERED ACTIVE DURING 1983. You must give your correct TIN,
but you do not have to sign the certification.
2. INTEREST, DIVIDEND, BROKER, AND BARTER EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS OPENED AFTER
1983 AND BROKER ACCOUNTS CONSIDERED INACTIVE DURING 1983. You must sign the
certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup
withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you
must cross out Item 2 in the certification before signing the form.
3. REAL ESTATE TRANSACTIONS. You must sign the certification. You may
cross out item 2 of the certification.
4. OTHER PAYMENTS. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to
sign the certification unless you have been notified that you have previously
given an incorrect TIN. "Other payments" include payments made in the course of
the requester's trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills
for merchandise), medical and health care services (including payments to
corporations), payments to a nonemployee for services (including attorney and
accounting fees), and payments to certain fishing boat crew members.
5. MORTGAGE INTEREST PAID BY YOU, ACQUISITION OR ABANDONMENT OF SECURED
PROPERTY, CANCELLATION OF DEBT, OR IRA CONTRIBUTIONS. You must give your
correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
<PAGE> 13
PRIVATE ACT NOTICE
Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to give your correct
TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report
interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest
you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of
debt, or contributions you made to an IRA. The IRS uses the numbers for
identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The
IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil
and criminal litigation and to cities, states, and the District of Columbia to
carry out their tax laws.
You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax
return. Payers must generally withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividend, and
certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain
penalties may also apply.
WHAT NAME AND NUMBER TO GIVE THE REQUESTER
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT GIVE NAME AND SSN OF
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Individual The Individual
2. Two or more individuals The actual owner of the account or,
(joint account) if combined funds, the first
individual on the account(1)
3. Custodian account of a minor The minor(2)
(Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
4. a. The usual revocable savings The grantor-trustee(1)
trust (grantor is also trustee)
b. So-called trust account that The actual owner(1)
is not a legal or valid trust
under state law
5. Sole proprietorship The owner(3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT: GIVE NAME AND EIN OF:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Sole proprietorship The owner(3)
7. A valid trust, estate or passion Legal entity(4)
trust
8. Corporate The corporation
9. Association, club, religious, The organization
charitable, educational, or other
tax-exempt organization
10. Partnership The partnership
11. A broker or registered nominee The broker or nominee
12. Account with the Department of The public entity
Agriculture in the name of a
public entity (such as a state
or local government, school
district, or prison) that
receives agricultural program
payments
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If
only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person's number must be
furnished.
(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's SSN.
(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business
or "doing business as" name. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you
have one).
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension
trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee
unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title).
NOTE: If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will
be considered to be that of the first name listed.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.2
FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
FOR
12 1/2% JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
OF
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
As set forth in the Prospectus dated December 15, 1997 of IXC
Communications, Inc. (the "Company") and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal
and instructions thereto (the "Letter of Transmittal"), this form or one
substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Company's offer (the
"Exchange Offer") to exchange one share of the 12 1/2% Series B Junior
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009, liquidation preference $1,000 per share
(the "Old Preferred Stock") that has been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, for each share of its outstanding 12 1/2% Junior Exchangeable
Preferred Stock Due 2009, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the "Old
Preferred Stock") if (i) certificates representing Old Preferred Stock to be
tendered for exchange are not immediately available or (ii) if the Old Preferred
Stock, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required thereby cannot
be delivered to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date (as defined below). Such form may be delivered by an
Eligible Institution (as defined below) by hand or transmitted by facsimile
transmission, or mail to the Exchange Agent. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME ON JANUARY 16,
1998 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS OF OLD PREFERRED STOCK MAY
BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE
EXPIRATION DATE.
TO: THE BANK OF NEW YORK, THE EXCHANGE AGENT
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
By Mail: By Hand or by Overnight Courier:
The Bank of New York The Bank of New York
Tender and Exchange Department Tender and Exchange Department
P.O. Box 11248 101 Barclay Street
Church Street Station Receive & Deliver Window-Street Level
New York, NY 10286-1248 New York, NY 10286
By Facsimile:
(212) 815-5915
Attention; Bob Massimillo
Confirm by telephone:
(800) 507-9357
</TABLE>
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS
VIA A FACSIMILE, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID
DELIVERY.
This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the
Letter of Transmittal to be used to tender Old Preferred Stock is required to be
guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such
signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the Letter
of Transmittal.
<PAGE> 2
LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:
The undersigned hereby tender(s) to the Company, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal,
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate number of shares of Old
Preferred Stock set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth in the Prospectus.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to
the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after 5:00 p.m., New York City time on
the Expiration Date. Tenders of Old Preferred Stock may be withdrawn if the
Exchange Offer is terminated without any such Old Preferred Stock being
exchanged thereunder or as otherwise provided in the Prospectus.
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, legal representatives,
successors, assigns, executives and administrators of the undersigned.
NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED BELOW.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Number of Shares of Old Preferred Stock Name(s) of Registered Holder(s)
Tendered:
- --------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
Certificate No(s). of Old Preferred Stock
(if available): Address:
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
ZIP CODE
- --------------------------------------------- Area Code and Tel. No.:
- -------------------------------------------- Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) or
Authorized Signatory:
---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
Dated:
--------------------------------------
If Old Preferred Stock will be delivered by
book- entry transfer at The Depository Trust
Company ("DTC"), insert DTC Book-Entry
Account No. and Transaction Code No.:
---------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE> 3
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered
holder(s) of Old Preferred Stock exactly as its (their) name(s) appear on
certificates for the Old Preferred Stock or on a security position listing as
the owner of Old Preferred Stock, or by person(s) authorized to become
registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator,
guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.
Please print name(s) and address(es)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Name(s): --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capacity: --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address(es): --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange
or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank
or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States or an "Eligible Guarantor Institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),
hereby (a) represents that the above named person(s) "own(s)" the Old Preferred
Stock tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 10b-4 under the Exchange Act,
(b) represents that such tender of Old Preferred Stock complies with Rule 10b-4
and (c) guarantees that delivery to the Exchange Agent of certificates for the
Old Preferred Stock tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer (or
confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Preferred Stock into the
Exchange Agent's Account at DTC, pursuant to the procedures for book-entry
transfer set forth in the Prospectus), with delivery of a properly completed and
duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) with
any required signature and any other required documents, will be received by the
Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above within five New York
Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT MUST DELIVER THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
AND OLD PREFERRED STOCK TENDERED HEREBY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME
PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE AND THAT FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN FINANCIAL LOSS
TO THE UNDERSIGNED.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Name of Firm
------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
Address Name
----------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
Title
- ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
ZIP CODE
Area Code and Tel. No. Date
-------------------------- --------------------------------------
Dated: ____________, 199___
</TABLE>
NOTE: DO NOT SEND OLD PREFERRED STOCK WITH THIS FORM. OLD PREFERRED STOCK SHOULD
BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SO THAT IT IS RECEIVED BY THE
EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN FIVE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE TRADING DAYS AFTER THE
EXPIRATION DATE.
3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.3
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE SHARES OF ITS
12 1/2% SERIES B JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
12 1/2% JUNIOR EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK DUE 2009
To: Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:
IXC Communications, Inc. (the "Company") is offering, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated December 15, 1997
(the "Prospectus") and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") one share of its 12 1/2%
Series B Junior Exchangeable Preferred Stock Due 2009 (the "New Preferred
Stock") for each outstanding share of its 12 1/2% Junior Exchangeable Preferred
Stock Due 2009 (the "Old Preferred Stock"), of which an aggregate of
$308,959,000 liquidation preference is outstanding. The Exchange Offer is being
made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company under the
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 14, 1997 among the Company and
the purchasers named therein.
We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Old
Preferred Stock regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for
forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Old Preferred Stock registered in
your name or in the name of your nominee or who hold Old Preferred Stock
registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:
1. Prospectus dated December 15, 1997;
2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of
your clients;
3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange
Offer if certificates for Old Preferred Stock are not immediately available
or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below); and
4. IRS Form W-9 Request For Taxpayer Identification Number and
Certification (attached to the Letter of Transmittal).
YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00
P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JANUARY 16, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY
(THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). THE OLD PREFERRED STOCK TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE
EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.
To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly
completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required
signature guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the
Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Old Preferred Stock should be
delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set
forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.
If holders of Old Preferred Stock wish to tender, but it is impracticable
for them to forward their certificates of Old Preferred Stock to the Exchange
Agent prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, a tender may be effected by
following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under
"The Exchange Offer -Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
The Company may, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks
and trust companies for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in
forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of
Old Preferred Stock held by them as nominee, custodian or in a fiduciary
capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes
applicable to the exchange of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange
Offer, except as set forth in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal.
Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests
for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to The Bank
of New York, the Exchange Agent for the Old Preferred Stock, at its address and
telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.
Very truly yours,
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY
PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY
OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF
THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN
THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
